ရောမိဏး 7:4
4 ဟေ မမ ဘြာတၖဂဏ, ဤၑွရနိမိတ္တံ ယဒသ္မာကံ ဖလံ ဇာယတေ တဒရ္ထံ ၑ္မၑာနာဒ် ဥတ္ထာပိတေန ပုရုၐေဏ သဟ ယုၐ္မာကံ ဝိဝါဟော ယဒ် ဘဝေတ် တဒရ္ထံ ခြီၐ္ဋသျ ၑရီရေဏ ယူယံ ဝျဝသ္ထာံ ပြတိ မၖတဝန္တး၊
Likewise,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὥστε
Greek:
Ὥστε,
Transliteration:
Hōste
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
so
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὥστε
Transliteration:
hōste
Gloss:
so
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ὥσ-τε consecutive particle, 1) with infin, expressing result, so as to: Mat.8:24 12:22, Mrk.1:27, Luk.5:7, Act.1:19, Rom.7:6, 1Co.1:7, Heb.13:6, al; of a designed result, Mat.10:1, Luk.4:29, al; preceded by οὕτως, Act.14:1; by τοσοῦτος, Mat.15:33. 2) C. indic, (a) so that: Gal.2:13, preceded by οὕτως, Jhn.3:16; (b) so then, therefore: Mat.12:12, Mrk.2:28, Rom.7:4, 1Co.3:7, Gal.3:9, al. 3) so then, therefore: with subjc, 1Co.5:8; with imperat, 1Co.3:21 4:5, Php.2:12 1Th.4:18, 1Pe.4:19, al (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὥστε
Transliteration:
hōste
Gloss:
so
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ὥστε, as adverb, bearing the same relation to ὡς as ὅστε to ὅς, and used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] more frequently than ὡς in similes, when it is commonly written divisim, and is relative to a demonstrative ὥς: sometimes with present Indic, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes with aorist, ὥς τε λέων ἐχάρη [Refs]subjunctive present or aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: all three usages combined in one simile, with varied construction, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—the verb is sometimes omitted, λάμφ᾽ ὥς τε στεροπή [Refs] is chiefly Epic dialect [Refs 5th c.BC+], but it occurs in [Refs 7th c.BC+] II) to mark the power or virtue by which one does a thing, as being, inasmuch as, like{ἅτε}, τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξ᾽ Ἀφροδίτη ῥεῖα μάλ᾽, ὥ. θεός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὥ. περὶ ψυχῆς since it was for life, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) as conjunction to express the actual or intended result of the action in the principal clause: B.I) mostly with infinitive, so as or for to do a thing, twice in [Refs 8th c.BC+] if thy heart is eager to return, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ τηλίκος, ὥ. σημάντορι πάντα πιθέσθαι not of such age as to obey a master in all things, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὥ. ἀποπλησθῆναι (ἀποπλῆσαι codices) τὸν χρησμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in Trag. and Attic dialect after demonstratives, οὔπω τοσοῦτον ἠπατημένος κυρῶ ὥστ᾽ ἄλλα χρῄζειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; this construction is found in cases where (as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] seems superfluous; so after ἐθέλειν, Κύπρις. ἤθελ᾽ ὥ. γίγνεσθαι τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; after ἔστι, for ἔξεστι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; after ψηφίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; after ἐπαίρειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; after words implying request, δεηθέντες. ὥ. ψηφίσασθαι [Refs] B.I.2) after Comparatives with ἤ, when the possibility of the consequence is denied compare (ὡς [Refs 5th c.BC+] woes too great for tears, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is sometimes left out, νόσημα μεῖζον ἢ φέρειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; similarly with the Posit, ψυχρὸν ὥ. λούσασθαι too cold to bathe in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς ἔτι νέοι ὥ. διελέσθαι too young to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] too few. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) ὥστε. ἄν is used with infinitive, of contingencies more or less improbable, οὕτως ἐκάετο ὥστε μήτε. ἄλλο τι ἢ γυμνοὶ ἀνέχεσθαι, ἥδιστά τε ἂν ἐς ὕσωρ ψυχρὸν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ῥίπτειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.4) sometimes implying on condition that, like{ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς Ἀθηναίοις, ὥστε βουλεῦσαι ὅ τι ἂν ἐκείνοις δοκῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) with Indic, to express the actual or possible result with emphasis, οὐκ οὕτω φρενοβλαβὴς ὁ Πρίαμος οὐδὲ οἱ ἄλλοι, ὥ. κινδυνεύειν ἐβούλοντο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀσθενέες οὕτω, ὥ. διατετρανέεις [Refs]; οὕτως ἀγνωμόνως ἔχετε, ὥ. ἐλπίζετε; are you so foolish that you expect? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with ἄν and the imperfect or aorist implying a supposed case, ὥστ᾽, εἰ φρονῶν ἔπρασσον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἐγιγνόμην κακός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥστε οὐκ ἂν ἔλαθεν αὐτόθεν ὁρμώμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) at the beginning of a sentence, to mark a strong conclusion, and so, therefore, ὥστ᾽. ὄλωλα καί σε προσδιαφθερῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before a question, ὥ. τίς ἂν ἀπετόλμησε; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3) with optative, with ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; after optative in principal clause, [Refs] B.II.4) with subjunctive, in order that, in Thessalian dialect, τὸς ταμίας φροντίσαι οὕστε. γενειθεῖ τᾶ πόλι ἁ δόσις [Refs] B.III) with participle, instead of infinitive, after a participle in the principal clause, τοσοῦτον ἁπάντων διενεγκόντες, ὥσθ᾽ ὑπὲρ Ἀργείων δυστυχησάντων Θηβαίοις. ἐπιτάττοντες κτλ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὕτω σφόδρα μισοῦντα τοῦτον, ὥστε πολὺ δὴ (ἂν Dobree) θᾶττον διαθέμενον κτλ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.IV) πόλεμος σκληρὸς ὥστε λίαν extremely, [LXX] B.V) in later Greek, followed by Preps, Παρμένοντι κλειδὸς ὥ. ἐπὶ τὸ Διοσκούριον [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ξύλον ὥ. ἐπὶ τὴν ἅμαξαν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; μόλυβδος ὥ. εἰς τὸ Κύνθιον [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; κριθῶν ὥ. εἰς τὰ κτήνη barley for the animals, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὥ. εἰς ξένια φοίνικας [Refs 3rd c.BC+] B.V.b) with dative, for, χρεία αὐτοῦ ἐστὶν ὥ. Πισικλεῖ it is needed for P, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὥ. τοῖς χησίν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ὥστε
Transliteration:
hṓste
Pronounciation:
hoce'-teh
Language:
Greek
brothers
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀδελφός
Greek:
ἀδελφοί
Transliteration:
adelphoi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
brother
Morphhology:
Noun Vocative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
male PEOPLE OR THINGS that are being addressed
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
brothers
Tyndale
Word:
ἀδελφός
Transliteration:
adelphos
Gloss:
brother
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἀδελφός, -οῦ, ὁ (ἀ- copul, δελφύς, womb), in cl, a brother, born of the same parent or parents. [In LXX (Hort, Ja., 102f.), for אָח;] 1) lit. of a brother (Gen.4:2, al.). 2) Of a neighbour (Lev.19:17). 3) Of a member of the same nation (Exo.2:14, Deu.15:3). In NT in each of these senses (1. Mat.1:2, al; 2. Mat.7:3; 3. Rom.9:3) and also, 4) of a fellow-Christian: 1Co.1:1, Act.9:30. This usage finds illustration in π, where ἀ. is used of members of a pagan religious community (M, Th., I, 1:4; MM, VGT, see word). The ἀδελφοὶ τ. Κυρίου (Mat.12:46-49 13:55 28:10, Mrk.3:31-34, Luk.8:19-21, Jhn.2:12 7:3, 5 10 20:17, Act.1:14, 1Co.9:5) may have been sons of Joseph and Mary (Mayor, Ja., Intr. viff; DB, i, 320ff.) or of Joseph by a former marriage (Lft, Gal., 252ff; DCG, i, 232ff.), but the view of Jerome, which makes ἀ. equivalent to ἀνεψιός, is inconsistent with Greek usage. (Cremer, 66.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀδελφός
Transliteration:
adelphos
Gloss:
brother
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
ἀδελφός [ᾰ], (ἀ- copulative, δελφύς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; compare ἀγάστωρ) properly, son of the same mother: I) as substantive, ἀδελφός, ὁ, vocative ἄδελφ; Epic dialect, Ionic dialect, and Lyric poetry ἀδελφεός (genitive -ειοῦ in [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—brother, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀδελφοί brother and sister, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so of the Ptolemies, θεοὶ ἀδελφοί[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἀδελφεός[LXX+5th c.BC+] I.2) kinsman,[LXX]; tribesman, Ex.[Refs] I.3) colleague, associate, [Refs]; member of a college, [Refs] I.4) term of address, used by kings, [LXX+2nd c.BC+], etc:—as a term of affection, applicable by wife to husband, [LXX+2nd c.BC+] I.5) brother (as a fellow Christian), [NT]; of other religious communities, e.g. Serapeum, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] I.6) metaphorically, of things, fellow, ἀνὴρ τῷ ἀ. προσκολληθήσεται, of Leviathan's scales, [LXX] II) adjective, ἀδελφός, ή, όν, brotherly or sisterly, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; φύσιν ἀ. ἔχοντες, of Hephaistos and Athena, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) generally, of anything double, twin, in pairs, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—also, akin, cognate, μαθήματα[Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀδελφός
Transliteration:
adelphós
Pronounciation:
ad-el-fos'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
of mine,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
μου,
Transliteration:
mou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Genitive Singular
Grammar:
a reference to a recently mentioned person or thing that is speaking or writing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
my
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
mé
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)
also
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καί
Greek:
καὶ
Transliteration:
kai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
also
Tyndale
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conj., and I. Copulative. 1) Connecting single words; (a) in general: Mat.2:18, 16:1, Mrk.2:15, Luk.8:15, Heb.1:1, al. mult; repeated before each of the terms in a series, Mat.23:23, Luk.14:21, Rom.7:12, 9:4, al. (b) connecting numerals (WM, §37, 4): Jhn.2:20, Act.13:20; (with) joining terms which are not mutually exclusive, as the part with the whole: Mat.8:33, 26:59, Mrk.16:17, Act.5:29, al. 2) Connecting clauses and sentences: Mat.3:12, Act.5:21, al. mult; esp. (a) where, after the simplicity of the popular language, sentences are paratactically joined (WM, §60, 3; M, Pr., 12; Deiss, LAE, 128ff.): Mat.1:21, 7:25, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.10:3, al; (b) joining affirmative to negative sentences: Luk.3:14, Jhn.4:11, IIIJhn.10; (with) consecutive, and so: Mat.5:1, 23:32, Heb.3:19, al; after imperatives, Mat.4:19, Luk.7:7, al; (d) = καίτοι, and yet: Mat.3:14, 6:26, Mrk.12:12, Luk.18:7 (Field, Notes, 72), 1Co.5:2, al; (e) beginning an apodosis (= Heb. וְ; so sometimes δέ in cl.), then: Luk.2:21, 7:12, Act.1:10; beginning a question (WM, §53, 3a): Mrk.10:26, Luk.10:29, Jhn.9:36. 3) Epexegetic, and, and indeed, namely (WM, §53, 3c): Luk.3:18, Jhn.1:16, Act.23:6, Rom.1:5, 1Co.3:5, al. 4) In transition: Mat.4:23, Mrk.5:1, 21, Jhn.1:19, al; so, Hebraistically, καὶ ἐγένετο (וַי:הִי; also ἐγένετο δέ), Mrk.1:9 (cf. Luk.5:1; V. Burton, §§357-60; M, Pr., 14, 16). 5) καὶ. καί, both. and (for τε. καί, see: τε); (a) connecting single words: Mat.10:28, Mrk.4:41, Rom.11:33, al; (b) clauses and sentences: Mrk.9:13, Jhn.7:28, 1Co.1:22, al. II. Adjunctive, also, even, still: Mat.5:39, 40; Mrk.2:28, al. mult; esp. with pron, adv, etc, Mat.20:4, Jhn.7:47, al; ὡς κ, Act.11:17; καθὼς κ, Rom.15:7; οὑτω κ, Rom.6:11; διὸ κ, Luk.1:35; ὁ κ. (Deiss, BS, 313ff.), Act.13:9; pleonastically, μετὰ κ. (Bl, §77, 7; Deiss, BS, 265f,), Php.4:3; τί κ, 1 Co 15:29; ἀλλὰ κ, Luk.14:22, Jhn.5:18, al; καίγε (M, Pr., 230; Burton, §437), Act.17:27; καίπερ, Heb.5:8; κ. ἐάν, see: ἐάν. ἐάν, contr. fr. εἰ ἄν, conditional particle, representing something as "under certain circumstances actual or liable to happen," but not so definitely expected as in the case of εἰ with ind. (Bl, §65, 4; cf. Jhn.13:17, 1Co.7:36), if haply, if; 1) with subjc. (cl.); (a) pres: Mat.6:22, Luk.10:6, Jhn.7:17, Rom.2:25, 26 al; { (b) aor. (= Lat. fut. pf.): Mat.4:9 16:26 (cf. ptcp. in Luk.9:25; M, Pr., 230), Mrk.3:24, Luk.14:34, Jhn.5:43, Rom.7:2, al; = cl. εἰ, with opt, Jhn.9:22 11:57, Act.9:2; as Heb. אִם = ὅταν, Jhn.12:32 14:3, I Jhn.2:28 3:2, Heb.3:7 " (LXX). 2) C. indic, (as in late writers, fr. Arist. on; see WH, App., 171; VD, MGr. 2, App., §77; Deiss, BS, 201f, LAE, 155, 254; M, Pr., 168, 187; Bl, §65, 4); (a) fut: Mat.18:19 T, Luk.19:40, Act.7:7; (b) pres: 1Th.3:8 (see Milligan, in l.). 3) With other particles: ἐ. καί (Bl, §65, 6), Gal.6:1; ἐ. μή (M, Pr., 185, 187; Bl, l.with), with subjc. pres, Mat.10:13, 1Co.8:8, Jas.2:17, 1Jn.3:21; aor, Mat.6:15, Mrk.3:27, Jhn.3:3, Rom.10:15, Gal.1:8 2:16 (see Lft, Ellic, in ll.); ἐ. τε. ἐ. τε, [in LXX for אִם. אִם, Est.19:13, al,] Rom.14:8. 4) = cl. ἄν (which see) after relat. pronouns and adverbs (Tdf, Pr., 96; WH, App., 173; M, Pr., 42f; Bl, §26, 4; Mayser, 152f; Deiss, BS, 202ff.): ὃς ἐ, Mat.5:19, Mrk.6:22, 23 Luk.17:32, 1Co.6:18, al; ὅπου ἐ, Mat.8:19; ὁσάκις ἐ, Rev.11:6; οὗ ἐ, 1Co.16:6; καθὸ ἐ, 2Co.8:12; ὅστις ἐ, Gal.5:10. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kai
Gloss:
and
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, A) and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, A.I) joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; joining only the last pair, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; to add by way of climax, θεῶν. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all. , [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί, ἄλλως τε καί, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs]; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ταῦτα and this too. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) at the beginning of a sentence, A.II.1) in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καί μοι λέγε, καί μοι ἀπόκριναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in Oratt, καί μοι λέγε. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κ. πῶς; pray how? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. δὴ τί; but then what? [Refs]; κ. ποῖον; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ={καίτοι}, and yet, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.4) at the beginning of a speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἴσον or ἴσα κ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον, κἀγὼ κατηγόμην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) καί, καί. correlative, not only, but also. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) even, also, just, B.1) τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, [Refs]full five,[Refs 5th c.BC+] two or three, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) also, κ. ἐγώ I also, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. αὐτοί they also, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, [Refs]; in adding surnames, etc, Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative ὁ κ. first in [Refs 1st c.BC+], frequently later, [Refs 2nd c.AD+], etc; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος [NT+8th c.BC+]; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, [Refs 5th c.BC+], not only, but also. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον. ἢ οὐ καὶ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2.b) frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.3) frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα, κ. τότε δή. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also after εἰ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο. κ. [LXX+NT] B.4) with Advs, to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. λίην full surely, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5) with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; and how long ago was the city sacked? [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8) κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, [Refs 5th c.BC+] each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ. and if. [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.9) before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ, or εἰ καί, although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C) Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.2) καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.3) very seldom at the end of a verse, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc, Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ [Refs]; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.
Strongs
Word:
καί
Transliteration:
kaí
Pronounciation:
kahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words; and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet; apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force
you yourselves
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμεῖς
Transliteration:
humeis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Nominative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
were put to death
Strongs:
Lexicon:
θανατόω
Greek:
ἐθανατώθητε
Transliteration:
ethanatōthēte
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to kill
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Passive Indicative 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that was done to persons being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
are killed
Tyndale
Word:
θανατόω
Transliteration:
thanatoō
Gloss:
to kill
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
θανατόω, -ῶ [in LXX chiefly for מוּת hi, ho, also for הָרַג, etc;] to put to death: with accusative, Mat.10:21 26:59 27:1, Mrk.13:12 14:55, Luk.21:16, 2Co.6:9, 1Pe.3:18; pass, Rom.8:36. Metaphorical: Rom.8:13; pass, with dative, (in relation to), Rom.7:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
θανατόω
Transliteration:
thanatoō
Gloss:
to kill
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
θᾰνᾰτ-όω, future -ώσω[Refs 4th c.BC+], etc: perfect τεθανάτωκα [Refs 1st c.BC+]:—passive, future -ωθήσομαι[LXX]: future middle in passivesense θανατώσοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἐθανατώθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect τεθανάτωμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]:—put to death, τινα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of the public executioner, [Refs 5th c.BC+] Phld.[same place]:— passive, to be made dead, [NT]; ὁ -ωθείς the murdered man, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) passive, of flesh, to be mortified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—metaphorically in active, mortify, τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος [NT] II) condemn to death by sentence of law, [NT+5th c.BC+]:— passive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ τεθανατωμένοι those condemned to death, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] III) to be fatal, cause death, ὄφεις -οῦντες [LXX]; μυῖαι -οῦσαι[LXX+1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
θανατόω
Transliteration:
thanatóō
Pronounciation:
than-at-o'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
become dead, (cause to be) put to death, kill, mortify; from g2288 (θάνατος) to kill (literally or figuratively)
to the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
tō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
law
Strongs:
Lexicon:
νόμος
Greek:
νόμῳ
Transliteration:
nomō
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a male PERSON OR THING that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
by law
Tyndale
Word:
νόμος
Transliteration:
nomos
Gloss:
law
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
νόμος, -ου, ὁ (νέμω, to deal out, distribute), [in LXX chiefly for תּוֹרָה, also for חֻקָּה, etc;] that which is assigned, hence, usage, custom, then law; in NT (only in Mt, Jo, Ja, and the Lucan and Pauline bks.); 1) of law in general: Rom.3:27 5:13b; pl, of divine laws, Heb.8:10 10:16; ὁ ν. τ. Χριστοῦ, Gal.6:2; (τ.) ἐλευθερίας, Jas.1:25 2:12; βασιλικιός (Hort, in l; Deiss, LAE, 267:3), Jas.2:8. 2) Of a force or influence impelling to action: Rom.7:21, 23 a, 25 8:2. 3) Of the Mosaic law: Mat.5:18, Luk.2:27, Jhn.1:17, Act.6:13, Rom.2:15, 1Co.9:8, 1Ti.1:8, Heb.7:19; al; Μωυσέως, Luk.2:22, Jhn.7:23, Act.15:5, al; κυρίου, Luk.2:39; κατὰ τὸν ν, Act.22:12, Heb.7:5 9:22. 4) As printed, Abbott-Smith mistakenly numbers this as 3. Anarthrous (Bl, §46, 8; ICC on Rom.2:12, 13), νόμος, (a) of law in general: Rom.2:12, 14 b 3:20, 21 4:15, al; (b) of the Mosaic law in its quality as law: Rom.2:14 a 5:20 10:4, Gal.2:19, al; οἱ ἐκ ν, Rom.4:14; ὑπὸ νόμον, 1Co.9:20, Gal.4:5; ν. πράσσειν (πληροῦν), Rom.2:25 13:8. 5) Of Christian teaching: ν. πίστεως, Rom.3:27; τ. Χριστοῦ, Gal.6:2. 6) By meton, of the books which contain the law; (a) of the Pentateuch: Mat.12:5, Jhn.1:45, al; ὁ ν. καὶ οἱ προφῆται, Mat.5:17, Luk.16:16, al; ὁ ν. καὶ προφῆται κ. ψαλμοί, Luk.24:44. (b) of the OT Scriptures in general (as Heb. תּוֹרָה): Jhn.10:34 12:34 15:25, 1Co.14:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
νόμος
Transliteration:
nomos
Gloss:
law
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male
Definition:
νόμος, ὁ, (νέμω) that which is in habitual practice, use or possession, not in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I) usage, custom, [Μοῦσαι] μέλπονται πάντων τε νόμους καὶ ἤθεα κεδνά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔνθα ν. (i.e. ἐστί) with infinitive, where it is the custom, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ν. πάντων βασιλεύς custom is lord of all, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, law, ordinance, τόνδε. ν. διέταξε Κρονίων. θηρσὶ. ἐσθέμεν ἀλλήλους [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ν. κοινός, ={ὀρθὸς λόγος}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) in VT, of the law of God, ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ [LXX]; νόμον ὃν ἐνετείλατο ὑμῖν Μωϋσῆς[LXX]; so in NT, ὁ ν. Μωϋσέως [NT]; ὁ ν. τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς, opposed to ὁ ν. τῆς ἁμαρτίας καὶ τοῦ θανάτου, [NT] I.c) with Preps, κατὰ νόμον according to custom or law, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἱ κατὰ ν. ὄντες θεοί the established deities, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παρὰ νόμον contrary to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν Ἀδραστείῳ νόμῳ by the law of Adrastus, i.e. at the Nemean games, [Refs] by custom, conventionally, opposed to φύσει, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ν. γλυκύ, ν. πικρόν, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; ὅσον νόμου χάριν just for form's sake, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.d) statute, ordinance made by authority, [Σόλων] νόμους ἔθηκεν ἄλλους, τοῖς δὲ Δράκοντος θεσμοῖς ἐπαύσαντο χρώμενοι πλὴν τῶν φονικῶν [Refs]; νόμον τιθέναι, τίθεσθαι, see at {τίθημ; βασιλικὸς ν}. [NT+2nd c.AD+]: frequently of general laws, opposed to ψηφίσματα (special decrees), [Refs 5th c.BC+]: generally, law, ἄνευ ὀρέξεως νοῦς ὁ ν. ἐστίν [Refs]; ἄγραφος ν. Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to γεγραμμένος, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ ν. frequently as subject, οἱ ν. διδόασι τιμωρίας [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ ὁ ν. κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτο; [NT] I.e) with genitive of things, οὗτός τοι πεδίων πέλεται ν. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ ν. τοῦ κριοῦ, τοῦ ἀνδρός, τῶν ἐρανιστῶν, [LXX+NT+3rd c.BC+]; ἐς χειρῶν νόμον ἀπικέσθαι to come to blows, into action, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ ἀπόλλυσθαι, περιπεσεῖν, die in action, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐν χ. ν. τὰς πολιτείας καταλύοντας by 'direct action', [Refs 4th c.BC+]under martial law, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I.2) Νόμος personified, οἱ θεοὶ σθένουσι χὡ κείνων κρατῶν N. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) melody, strain, οἶδα δ᾽ ὀρνίχων νόμως πάντων [Refs 7th c.BC+] II.2) especially a type of early melody created by Terpander for the lyre as an accompaniment to Epic texts, ν. ὄρθιος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also for the flute, ν. αὐλῳδικός [Refs 1st c.AD+]; without sung text, ν. αὐλητικός [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; later, composition including both words and melody, e.g. [Refs] III) ={νοῦμμος} (which see), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ν. σηστέρτιοι, = Latin nummi sestertii, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] IV) Architecture texts, course of masonry, [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
νόμος
Transliteration:
nómos
Pronounciation:
nom'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
law (through the idea of prescriptive usage), genitive case (regulation), specially, (of Moses (including the volume); also of the Gospel), or figuratively (a principle); law; from a primary (to parcel out, especially food or grazing to animals)
through
Strongs:
Lexicon:
διά
Greek:
διὰ
Transliteration:
dia
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
through/because of
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
διά
Transliteration:
dia
Gloss:
through/because of
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
διά (before a vowel δ᾽, exc. Rom.8:10, 2Co.5:7, and in (Proper name)s; Tdf, Pr., 94), prep. with genitive, accusative, as in cl; 1) with genitive, through; (i) of Place, after verbs of motion or action: Mat.2:12 12:43, Mrk.2:23, Luk.4:30, Jhn.4:4, 2Co.11:33, al; σώζεσθαι (διας-) δ. πυρός, ὕδατος, 1Co.3:15, 1Pe.3:20; βλέπειν δ. ἐσόπτρου, 1Co.13:12; metaphorically, of a state or condition: Rom.14:20, 2Co.2:4 5:7, 10; δ. γράμματος, ἀκροβυστίας (Lft, Notes, 263, 279), Rom.2:27 4:11; δι ̓ὑπομενῆς, Rom.8:25. (ii) Of Time; (a) during which: Mat.26:61, Mrk.14:58, Luk.5:5; δ. παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν, Heb.2:15; δ. παντός (διαπαντός in Mrk.5:5, Luk.24:53), always, continually, Mat.18:10, Act.2:25 " (LXX) 10:2 24:16, Rom.11:10 " (LXX), 2Th.3:16, Heb.9:6 13:15. (b) within which: Act.1:3; δ. νυκτός, Act.5:19 16:9 17:10 23:31; (with) after which (Field, Notes, 20; Abbott, JG, 255f.): Mrk.2:1, Act.24:17, Gal.2:1. (iii) Of the Means or Instrument; (1) of the efficient cause (regarded also as the instrument): of God, Rom.11:36, 1Co.1:9, Gal.4:7, Heb.2:10 7:21; of Christ, Rom.1:8 5:1, 17, 1Co.15:21, 1Pe.4:11, al; δ. τ. ὑμῶν δεήσεως, Rom.1:12, 2Co.1:4, Gal.4:23, al; (2) of the agent, instrument or means; (a) with genitive of person(s), Mat.11:2, Luk.1:70, Jhn.1:17, Act.1:16, Rom.2:16, 1Co.1:21, Eph.1:5, Heb.2:14, Rev.1:1, al; ὑπὸ τ. κυρίου δ. τ. προφήτου (δ. τ. κυρίου, 1Th.4:2 (M, Th., in l.); Lft, Rev., 121f.), Mat.1:22 2:15, Rom.1:2; δ. ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δ. ἡμῶν (Field, Notes, 202), 2Th.2:2; δ. Σ. (NTD, 22), 1Pe.5:12; (b) with genitive of thing(s) (where often the simple dative is used in cl; Jannaris, Gr., 375), Jhn.11:4, Act.5:12; δ. τ. πίστεως, Rom.3:30; δ. λόγου θεοῦ, 1Pe.1:23; δ. παραβολῆς, Luk.8:4; δουλεύειν δ. τ. ἀγάπης, Gal.5:13; δ. ἐπαγγελίας, Gal.3:18, 2) C. accusative; (i) rarely, as with genitive, through (Hom), δ. μέσον Σαμαρίας (ICC, in l; Bl, §42, 1; Robertson, Gr., 581), Luk.17:11. (ii) by reason of, because of, for the sake of; (a) with accusative of person(s) (M, Pr., 105), Mrk.2:27, Jhn.6:57 11:42, Rom.8:20; (b) with accusative of thing(s), δ. φθόνον, Mat.27:18, Mrk.15:10; δ. φόβον, Jhn.7:13 20:19; δ. ἀγάπην, Eph.2:4; δ. τοῦτο, freq, for this cause, therefore, Mat.6:25, Mrk.6:14, Luk.11:49, Jhn.6:65, al; id. before ὅτι, Jhn.5:16 10:17, al; δ. τί, why, Mat.9:11, 14 Mrk.2:18, Jhn.7:45, al; δ. τό, with inf, Mrk.5:4, Luk.9:7, Jas.4:2. 3) In composition, (1) through, as in διαβαίνω; (2) of separation, asunder, as in διασπάω; (3) of distribution, abroad, as in διαγγέλλω; (4) of transition, as διαλλάσσω; (5) of "perfective" action (M, Pr., 112f, 115f.), as διαφύγω, διακαθαρίζω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
διά
Transliteration:
dia
Gloss:
through/because of
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
διά, poetry διαί (Aeolic dialect ζά, which see), preposition governing genitive and accusative — Rad. sense, through; never anastrophic [Prop. δῐᾰ: but [Refs 8th c.BC+] uses ῑ at the beginning of a line, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also ᾱ, for the sake of meter, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] uses διαί in Lyric poetry, [Refs] A) WITH GEN. A.I) of Place or Space: A.I.1) of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] frequently of the effect of weapons, διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος. [Refs 8th c.BC+] out through the Scaean gate, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ἠέρος αἰθέρ᾽ ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, see at {διαπρό},{διέκ}: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (i.e. χορδῶν), see at {διαπασῶν}:from beginning to end,_ [Refs 5th c.BC+]continually, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ὀλίγου for a short time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adjective, δ. χρόνου after a time, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ἡμερῶν after several days, [NT]; and with adjectives alone, δι᾽ ὀλίγου [Refs 5th c.BC+] till the seventh day, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] time after time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), [Refs]; δι᾽ ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the course of the eleventh year, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) causal, through, by, A.III.a) of the Agent, δι᾽ ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of, [NT+5th c.BC+]; πεσόντ᾽ ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, [Refs], etc; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.b) of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (properly by holding between the hands), δι᾽ ὁσίων χ. θιγών [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, [Refs] to keep a firm hand on, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, [NT+5th c.BC+] A.III.c) of Manner (where διά with its Noun frequently serves as an adverb), δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παίω δι᾽ ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. τάχους, ={ταχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δι᾽ αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, [Refs]; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, [Refs]; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, κατασκευάζειν εἴδωλα δι᾽ ἐλέφαντος καὶ χρυσοῦ [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.IV) διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.b) with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, [Refs]; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (see. πῦρ): in passive sense, δι᾽ ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.IV.c) with transitive Verbs, δι᾽ αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δι᾽ οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι᾽ αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) WITH Acc. B.I) of Place, only poetical, in same sense as διά with genitive: B.I.1) through, ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε. χαλκός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it,[Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) through, among, in, οἴκεον δι᾽ ἄκριας [Refs 8th c.BC+] through his mouth,[Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) of Time, also poetical, δ. νύκτα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III) causal: B.III.1) of persons, thanks to, by aid of, νικῆσαι δ. Ἀθήνην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δ. σε by thy fault or service, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in Prose, by reason of, on account of, δ᾽ ἡμᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for, εἰ μὴ δι᾽ ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.2) of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι᾽ ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δι᾽ ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought,[Refs]; δι᾽ ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently also with neuter adjectives, δ. τ; wherefore; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι᾽ ὅ, δι᾽ ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc. B.III.3) ={ἕνεκα}, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτή δι᾽ αὑτήν for its own sake, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITHOUT CASE as adverb throughout, δ. πρό (see. supr. A.I.I); δ. δ᾽ ἀμπερές [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), D.I) through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω. D.II) in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέ; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύ; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρ; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι. D.III) pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω. D.IV) completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω. D.V) to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc; compare ζά. D.VI) of mixture, between, partly, especially in adjective, as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc. D.VII) of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.)
Strongs
Word:
διά
Transliteration:
diá
Pronounciation:
dee-ah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional); after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in); a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act
the
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τοῦ
Transliteration:
tou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC neuter person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
body
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σῶμα
Greek:
σώματος
Transliteration:
sōmatos
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a neuter PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
σῶμα
Transliteration:
sōma
Gloss:
body
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Neuter
Definition:
σῶμα, -τος, τό, [in LXX for גְּוִיָּה,בָּשָׂר, etc, and for Aram. נְבֵלָה;] a body. 1) Prop, of the human body, (a) as always in Hom. (opposite to δέμας), of the dead body: Mat.27:58, 59 Mrk.15:43, al; (b) of the living body: Luk.11:34, 1Co.6:13, al; ἐν σ. εἶναι, Heb.13:3; as the instrument of the soul, τὰ διὰ τοῦ σ, 2Co.5:10; opposite to πνεῦμα, Rom.8:10, 1Co.5:3 7:4, Jas.2:26; to ψυχή, Mat.6:25 10:28, Luk.12:22 (cf. Wis.1:1, al.); to τὸ π. καὶ ἡ ψ, 1Th.5:23; σ. ψυχικόν, opposite to σ. πνευματικόν, 1Co.15:44; ὁ ναὸς τοῦ σ. αὐτοῦ (genitive epexeg.), Jhn.2:21; τὸ σ. τ. ταπεινώσεως (Hebraistic "genitive of definition"; M, Pr., 73f; Bl, §35, 5), opposite to τὸ σ. τ. δοξῆς αὐτοῦ, Php.3:21; similarly, τὸ σ. τ. σαρκός, Col.1:22; σ. τοῦ θανάτου (subject to death), Rom.7:24; σ. τ. ἁμαρτίας, Rom.6:6; (with) periphr, ἀνθρώπου, then absol, σῶμα (Soph, Xen, al.), a person, and in later writers (Polyb, al.), a slave: Rev.18:13 (cf. MM, i, ii, xxiv; Deiss, BS, 160). 2) Of the bodies of animals: living, Jas.3:3; dead, Heb.13:11 (Exo.29:14, al.). 3) Of inanimate objects (cf. Eng. "heavenly bodies"): 1Co.15:37, 38 40 (Diod, al.). 4) Of any corporeal substance (Plat, al.): opposite to σκιά, Col.2:17. Metaphorical, of a number of persons united by a common bond; in NT, of the Church as the spiritual body of Christ: Rom.12:5, 1Co.10:16, 17 12:13, 27, Eph.1:23 2:16 4:4, 12, 16 5:23, 30, Col.1:18, 24 2:19 3:15; ἓν σ. κ. ἓν πνεῦμα, Eph.4:4. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σῶμα
Transliteration:
sōma
Gloss:
body
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Neuter
Definition:
σῶμα, ατος, τό [Refs 4th c.AD+] dative plural σωμάτεσι [Refs 3rd c.BC+], body of man or beast, but in [Refs 8th c.BC+], always dead body, corpse (whereas the living body is δέμας), ὥς τε λέων ἐχάρη μεγάλῳ ἐπὶ σώματι κύρσας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ς. δὲ οἴκαδ᾽ ἐμὸν δόμεναι πάλιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so also in [NT+8th c.BC+]; νεκρὸν σ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; μέγιστον σ. σποδου, ={σ. μέγιστον ὃ νῦν σποδός ἐστι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 2) the living body, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γενναῖος τῷ σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὔρωστος τὸ σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ σ. σῴζειν or -εσθαι save one's life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διασῴζειν or -εσθαι[Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ τοῦ σ. ἀγωνίζεσθαι for one's life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔχειν τὸ σ. κακῶς, ὡς βέλτιστα, etc, to be in a bad, a good state of bodily health, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) body, opposed to spirit (εἴδωλον), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to soul (ψυχή), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ σ. ἔργα bodily labours, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αἱ τοῦ σ. ἡδοναί, αἱ κατὰ τὸ σ. ἡδ,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ εἰς τὸ σ. τιμήματα bodily punishments, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 4) animal body, opposed to plants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but of plants, [NT] 5) civic rights (like Latin caput), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄτιμοι τὰ σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέρος ἠτιμῶσθαι τοῦ σ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] 6) in “NT”, of the sacramental body of Christ, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ σ. μου [NT] 6.b) of the body of Christ's church, οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σ. ἐσμεν ἐν Χριστῷ [NT]; ἡ ἐκκλησία ἥτις ἐστὶ τὸ σ. [τοῦ Χριστοῦ] [NT] II) periphrastic, ἀνθρώπου σ. ἓν οὐδέν, ={ἄνθρωπος οὐδὲ εἷς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in Trag, σῶμα θηρός, ={θήρ}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τεκέων σώματα, ={τέκνα}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ σὸν σ, ={σύ}, [Refs]; rarely in singular of many persons, σῶμα τέκνων [Refs] II.2) a person, human being, τὰ πολλὰ σ, ={οἱ πολλοί}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λευκὰ γήρᾳ σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑκάστου τοῦ σώματος, [Refs]per person, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; καταστήσαντες τὸ σ. ἀφείσθωσαν τῆς ἐγγύης [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἐργαζομένη αὑτῇ τῷ ἰδίῳ σ. working for herself, earning her own living, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τὰ φίλτατα σ, of children, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; frequently of slaves, αἰχμάλωτα σ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἰκετικὰ σ. Legal cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δοῦλα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ἐλεύθερα σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, σῶμα is used absolutely for a slave, [NT+3rd c.BC+]; a usage censured by Poll. [prev. cited] and [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; also of troops, τὴν τῶν σ. σύνταξιν [Refs 4th c.BC+] III) generally, a body, i.e. any corporeal substance, δεῖ αὐτὸ (i.e. τὸ ὄν) σ. μὴ ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; σ. ἄψυχον, ἔμψυχον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κυκλικὸν σ, of one of the spheres, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; τὸ πέμπτον σ. the fifth element, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; metallic substance, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) in Mathematics texts, figure of three dimensions, solid, opposed to a surface, etc, [Refs 4th c.BC+] IV) the body or whole of a thing, especially of complete parts of the body, τὸ σ. τῶν νεφρῶν [Refs]; τὸ σ. τῆς γαστρός, τῆς κοιλίας, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: generally, the whole body or frame of a thing, ὑπὸ σώματι γᾶς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ σ. τοῦ παντός, τοῦ κόσμου, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὕδωρ, ποταμοῦ σ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ σ. τῆς πίστεως the body of the proof, i.e. arguments, [Refs 4th c.BC+] H; of a body of writings, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; text of a document, opposed to ὑπογραφή, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of a will, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] IV.2) ξύλα σώματα logs, opposed to κλάδοι, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; σ. μέγα περσέας [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
σῶμα
Transliteration:
sōma
Pronounciation:
so'-mah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Neuter
Definition:
the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively; bodily, body, slave; from g4982 (σώζω)
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τοῦ
Transliteration:
tou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Genitive Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
of Christ
Strongs:
Lexicon:
Χριστός
Greek:
Χριστοῦ
Transliteration:
Christou
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
Christ
Morphhology:
Noun Genitive Singular Masculine Title
Grammar:
a proper name of a male PERSON OR THING that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
Christ, Jesus @ Mat.1.1
Tyndale
Word:
Χριστός
Origin:
a Name of g2424G
Transliteration:
Christos
Gloss:
Christ
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Title
Definition:
χριστός (Χρ-), -ή, -όν (χρίω), [in LXX for מָשִׁיחַ and cogn. forms;] 1) 1. as adj., (a) of things, anointing, to be used as ointment (Æsch, Eur, al; τ. ἔλαιον τὸ χ, Lev.21:10); (b) of persons, anointed (ὁ ἰερεὺς ὁ χ, Lev.4:5; οἱ χ. ἰευρεῖς, 2Ma.1:10): ὁ χ. τοῦ κυρίου or Θεοῦ (1Ki.2:10, Psa.2:2, al.), of the Messiah (Aram, מְשִׁיחָא; cf. Dalman, Words, 289 ff.), Luk.2:11, 26 Jhn.1:41, Act.2:36 4:26, al. 2) As subst, ὁ Χριστός, the Messiah, the Christ: Mat.2:4, Mrk.8:29, Luk.2:11, Jhn.1:20, Act.2:31, Rom.7:4, al; Ἰησοῦς, Mrk.1:1, Jhn.1:17, Act.2:38, al; Χ. Ἰησοῦς, Mat.1:18, WH, mg. Act.5:42, Rom.6:3, al; Χ. κύριος, Luk.2:11; Ἰησοῦς Χ. ὁ κύριος, Act.15:26, Rom.1:7, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
Χριστός
Origin:
a Name of g2424G
Transliteration:
Christos
Gloss:
Christ
Morphhology:
Proper Name Noun Title
Definition:
χριστός, ή, όν, (χρίω) to be rubbed on, used as ointment or salve, opposed to πιστός, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἔλαιον τὸ χ. anointing oil, [LXX] II) of persons, anointed, ὁ ἱερεύς ὁ χ. [LXX] II.2) especially of the Kings of Israel, ὁ χ. Κυρίου[LXX]; plural, of the patriarchs, [LXX] II.3) in NT, ὁ χ. the Messiah, [NT]; then used as proper name of Jesus, Ἰησοῦς χ. [NT]
Strongs
Word:
Χριστός
Transliteration:
Christós
Pronounciation:
khris-tos'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus; Christ; from g5548 (χρίω)
for
Strongs:
Greek:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
εἰς, prep. with accusative, expressing entrance, direction, limit, into, unto, to, upon, towards, for, among (Lat. in, with accusative). I. Of place. 1) After verbs of motion; (a) of entrance into: Mat.8:23, 9:7, Mrk.1:45, Luk.2:15, 8:31, al; (b) of approach, to or towards: Mrk.11:1, Luk.6:8, 19:28, Jhn.11:31, 21:6, al; (with) before pl. and collective nouns, among: Mrk.4:7, 8:19, 20, Luk.11:49, Jhn.21:23, al; (d) Of a limit reached, unto, on, upon: Mat.8:18, 21:1, Mrk.11:1, 13:16, Luk.14:10, Jhn.6:3, 11:32, al; with accusative of person(s) (as in Ep. and Ion.), Act.23:15, Rom.5:12, 16:19, 2Co.10:14; (e) elliptical: ἐπιστολαὶ εἰς Δαμασκόν, Act.9:2; ἡ διακονία μου ἡ εἰς Ἱ, Rom.15:31; metaphorically, of entrance into a certain state or condition, or of approach or direction towards some end (Thayer, B, i, 1; ii, 1), εἰς τ. ὄνομα, M, Pr., 200. 2) Of direction; (a) after verbs of seeing: Mat.6:26, Mrk.6:41, Luk.9:16, 62, Jhn.13:22, al; metaphorically, of the mind, Heb.11:26, 12:2, al; (b) after verbs of speaking: Mat.13:10, 14:9, 1Th.2:9, al. 3) After verbs of rest; (a) in "pregnant" construction, implying previous motion (cl; see WM, 516; Bl, §39, 3; M, Pr., 234f.): Mat.2:23, 4:13, 2Th.2:4, 2Ti.1:11, Heb.11:9, al; (b) by an assimilation general in late Gk (see Bl, M, Pr., ll. with) = ἐν: Luk.1:44, 4:23, Act.20:16, 21:17, Jhn.1:18 (but see Westc, in l.), al. II. Of time, for, unto; 1) accentuating the duration expressed by the accusative: εἰς τ. αἰῶνα, Mat.21:19; εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γ, Luk.1:50; εἰς τ. διηνεκές, Heb.7:3, al. 2) Of a point or limit of time, unto, up to, until: Mat.6:34, Act.4:3, 25:21, Php.1:10, 2:16, 1Th.4:15, 2Ti.1:12; of entrance into a future period, σεις τὸ μέλλον (see: μέλλω), next (year), Luk.13:9 (but with ICC, in l.); εἰς τ. μεταξὺ σάββατον, on the next Sabbath, Act.13:42; εἰς τὸ πάλιν (see: πάλιν, 2Co.13:2. III. Of result, after verbs of changing, joining, dividing, etc: στρέφειν εἰς, Rev.11:6; μετας, Act.2:20, Jas.4:9; μεταλλάσσειν, Rom.1:26; σχίζειν εἰς δύο, Mat.27:51, al; predicatively with εἴναι, Act.8:23. IV. Of relation, to, towards, for, in regard to (so in cl, but more frequently in late Gk, εἰς encroaching on the simple dative, which it has wholly displaced in MGr; Jannaris, Gr., §1541; Robertson, Gr., 594; Deiss, BS, 117f.): Luk.7:30, Rom.4:20, 15:2, 26, 1Co.16:1, Eph.3:16, al; ἀγάπη εἰς, Rom.5:8, al; χρηστός, Eph.4:32; φρονεῖν εἰς, Rom.12:16; θαρρεῖν, 2Co.10:1. V. Of the end or object: εὔθετος εἰς, Luk.14:34; σόφος, Rom.16:19; ἰσχύειν, Mat.5:13; εἰς τοῦτο, Mrk.1:38, al; ἀφορίζειν εἰς, Rom.1:1; indicating purpose, εἰς φόβον, Rom.8:15; εἰς ἔνδειξιν, Rom.3:25; εἰς τό, with inf. (= ἵνα or ὥστε; Bl, §71, 5; M, Pr., 218ff.): Mat.20:19, Rom.1:11, 1Co.9:18, al. VI. Adverbial phrases: εἰς τέλος, εἰς τὸ πάλιν, etc (see: τέλος, πάλιν, etc.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Gloss:
toward
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐν εἰς or ἐς, PREP. WITH ACC. ONLY:—both forms are found in [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect poets, and early metrical Inscrr; ἐς is best attested in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and is found in nearly all early Ionic dialect Inscrr. (except [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and usually in Attic dialect Prose (except [Refs 5th c.BC+] is used before vowels for the sake of meter; ἐς was retained in the phrases ἐς κόρακας (whence the Verb σκορακίζω), ἐς μακαρίαν. Aeolic dialect poets have εἰς before vowels, ἐς before consonants, and this is given as the rule in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ἐν, ἰν. The diphthong is genuine in Aeolic dialect εἰς, but spurious in Attic dialect-Ionic dialect) Radical sense into, and then more loosely, to: I) OF PLACE, the oldest and commonest usage, εἰς ἅλα into or to the sea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently of places, to, εἰς Εὔβοιαν [Refs]; ἐς Αἴγυπτον, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς Μίλητον into the territory of Miletus,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅρματα βαίνειν to step into, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ἐκ, in such phrases as ἐς σφυρὸν ἐκ πτέρνης, ἐς πόδας ἐκ κεφαλῆς, from heel to ankle-joint, from head to foot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κἠς ἔτος ἐξ ἔτεος from year to year, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]: with Verbs implying motion or direction, as of looking, ἰδεῖν εἰς οὐρανόν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι to look in the face, [Refs], etc; εἰς ὦπα ἔοικεν he is like in face (i.e. ἰδόντι), [Refs], etc; ἐς ὀφθαλμούς τινος ἐλθεῖν to come before another's eyes,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ταὐτὸν ἥκειν come to the same point, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently after a substantive, ὁδὸς ἐς λαύρην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐς Παλλήνην τεῖχος facing Pallene, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.b) Epic dialect and Ionic dialect, also with accusative person (Attic dialect ὡς, πρός, παρά), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in Attic dialect with collective Nouns, ἐς τὸν δῆμον παρελθόντες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially of consulting an oracle, ἐς θεὸν ἐλθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) with Verbs expressing restin a place, when a previous motion into or to it is implied, ἐς μέγαρον κατέθηκεν ἐπὶ θρόνου he put it in the house (i.e. he brought it into the house, and put it there), [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θρόνους ἕζοντο they sat them down upon the seats, [Refs]; ἐφάνη λὶς εἰς ὁδόν the lion appeared in the path, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπόβασιν ποιήσασθαι ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later used like{ἐν}, τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε [LXX+1st c.BC+]: generally, τοὔνομα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, φασίν, Ἱππομιγὴς δύναται [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) with Verbs of saying or speaking, εἰς relates to the persons to or before whom one speaks, εἰπεῖν ἐς πάντας, ἐς πάντας αὔδα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with other Verbs, εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐπαχθὴς ἦν ἐς τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) elliptical usages, I.4.a) after Verbs which have no sense of motion to or into a place, τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρόν they quitted the city for a strong position, i.e. to seek a strong position, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γράμματα ἑάλωσαν εἰς Ἀθήνας letters were captured [and sent] to Athens, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) participles signifying motion are frequently omitted with εἰς, τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τοῖς εἰς Σικελίαν (i.e. ἀποδειχθεῖσιν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.c) with genitive, mostly of proper names, as εἰς Ἀΐδαο, Attic dialect εἰς Ἅιδου [δόμους], [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς Ἀθηναίης [ἱερόν] to the temple of Athena, [Refs]; εἰς Αἰγύπτοιο [ῥόον] [Refs 8th c.BC+] to a rich man's house, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέμπειν εἰς διδασκάλων send to school, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς σεωυτοῦ, ἑωυτοῦ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) OF TIME, II.1) to denote a certain point or limit of time, up to, until, ἐς ἠῶ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἠέλιον καταδύντα till sunset, [Refs]towards or near sunset,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ἐμέ up to my time, [Refs 5th c.BC+] against the time when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς πότ; until when? how long? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τ; ={εἰς πότε}; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ until, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to determine a period, εἰς ἐνιαυτόν for a year, i.e. a whole year, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; within the year,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς θέρος ἢ ἐς ὀπώρην for the summer, i.e. throughout it, [Refs]; ἡ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν κειμένη δαπάνη εἰς τὸν μῆνα δαπανᾶται the expenditure for a year is expended in the month, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἑσπέραν ἥκειν to come at even, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τρίτην ἡμέραν or εἰς τρίτην alone, on the third day, in two days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τέλος at last, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς καιρόν in season, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐς ἀναβολάς, ἀμβολάς, with no delay, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τότε at this time, variant in [Refs 8th c.BC+] at that time (in the future), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὕστερον or τὸ ὕστερον, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (; ἐς αὐτίκα μάλ᾽ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἔπειτα (see. εἰσέπειτα (; ἐς τὸ ἔ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἅπαξ, see at {εἰσάπα; εἰς ἔτι}, see at {εἰσέτι}. III) to express MEASURE OR LIMIT, without reference to Time, ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο was left behind as far as a quoit's throw, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς δραχμὴν διέδωκε paid them as much as a drachma, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ἐς τὰ μάλιστα to the greatest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς ὅ ἐμέμνηντο so far as they remembered, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) frequently with Numerals, ἐς τριακάδας δέκα ναῶν [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐς τὰς τετρακοσίας, διακοσίας, to the number of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἕνα, εἰς δύο, εἰς τέσσαρας, one, two, four deep, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰς τέσσαρας four abreast, [Refs 4th c.BC+] thrice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of round numbers, about, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) distributive, εἰς φυλάς by tribes, [LXX] III.4) IV) to express RELATION, towards, in regard to, ἐξαμαρτεῖν εἰς θεούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἁμάρτημα εἴς τινα, αἰτίαι ἐς ἀλλήλους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγειν ἐς. [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.b) of the subject of a work, especially in titles, e.g. τὰ ἐς Ἀπολλώνιον [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; of the object of a dedication, as in titles of hymns, ἐπινίκια, etc. IV.2) in regard to, πρῶτος εἰς εὐψυχίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in respect of, εὐτυχεῖν ἐς τέκνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὰ ἄλλα Th.I.I; εἰς ἄπαντα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τό γ᾽ εἰς ἑαυτόν, τὸ εἰς ἐμέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for τελεῖν ἐς Ἕλληνας, Βοιωτούς, ἄνδρας, etc, see at {τελέω}. IV.3) of Manner, ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς τὸ πᾶν, ={πάντως}, [Refs]; ἐς τάχος, ={ταχέως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς εὐτέλειαν, ={εὐτελῶς}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) ofan end or limit, ἔρχεσθαι, τελευτᾶν, λήγειν ἐς, to end in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταξαίνειν ἐς φοινικίδα to cut into red rags, [NT+5th c.BC+]; εἰς ἄνδρας ἐκ μειρακίων τελευτᾶν, εἰς ἄνδρα γενειᾶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to form a predicate, ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη [LXX]; πιστὸς (i.e. ἦν) εἰς προφήτην [LXX+NT] V.2) of Purpose or Object, εἰπεῖν εἰς ἀγαθόν, πείσεται εἰς ἀγαθόν, for good, for his good, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐς φόβον to cause fear, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰς κάλλος ζῆν to live for show, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα εἶναι to be pertinent, to the purpose, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; frequently of expenditure on an object, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) POSITION: εἰς is sometimes parted from its accusative by several words, εἰς ἀμφοτέρω Διομήδεος ἅρματα βήτην [Refs 8th c.BC+] put after its case, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after an adverb, αὔριον ἔς· τῆμος δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
εἰς
Transliteration:
eis
Pronounciation:
ice
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases; (abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with; a primary preposition
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸ
Transliteration:
to
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC neuter person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
[that] which
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
to belong
Strongs:
Lexicon:
γίνομαι
Greek:
γενέσθαι
Transliteration:
genesthai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Middle Deponent Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that was to happen
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
could be
Tyndale
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίνομαι, Ion. and κοινή for Att. γίγν- (M. Pr., 47; Bl, §6, 8 Mayser, 166 f.), [in LXX chiefly for היה;] 1) of persons, things occurrences, to come into being, be born, arise, come on: Jhn.1:15 8:58, 1Co.15:37; a first appearance in public, Mrk.1:4, Jhn.1:6, al; before ἐκ (of birth), Rom.1:3, Gal.4:4; διά, Jhn.1:3; βροντή, Jhn.12:29; σεισμός, Rev.6:12; γογγυσμός, Act.6:1; χαρά, Act.8:8, many other similar exx; ἡμέρα, Luk.22:66, al; ὀψέ, Mrk.11:19; πρωΐα, Mat.27:1; νύξ, Act.27:27. 2) Of events, to come to pass, take place, happen: Mat.5:18, Mrk.5:14, Luk.1:20 2:15, Act.4:21, 2Ti.2:18, al; μὴ γένοιτο [LXX for חָלִילָה, Jhn.22:29, al.], far be it, God forbid: Rom.3:4 (ICC, in l.), 1Co.6:15 and frequently in Pl; καὶ ἐγένετο, ἐγένετο δέ ([in LXX for וַיְהִי;] see Burton, 142 f; M, Pr., 16f; Dalman, Words, 32 f; Robertson, Gr., 1042 f.), with indic, Mat.7:28, Luk.1:8, al; before καί and indic, Luk.8:1, Act.5:7, al; with accusative and inf, Mrk.2:23, Luk.3:21, al; ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο, before τοῦ with inf, Act.10:25; with dative of person(s), to befall one: with inf, Act.20:16; with accusative and inf, Act.22:6; with adv, εὖ, Eph.6:3; τ́ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ (Field, Notes, 115), Act.7:40 (LXX); before εἰς, Act.28:6. 3) to be made, done, performed, observed, enacted, ordained, etc: Mat.6:10 19:8, Mrk.2:27 11:23, Act.19:26, al; before διά with genitive, Mrk.6:2, Act.2:43; ὑπό, Luk.13:17; ἐκ, Luk.4:23; ἐν, 1Co.9:15; ἀπογραφή, Luk.2:2; ἀνάκρισις Act.25:26; ἄφεσις, Heb.9:22; ὁ νόμος, Gal.3:17; τὸ πάσχα, Mat.26:2. 4) to become, be made, come to be: with pred, Mat.4:3, Luk.4:3, Jhn.2:9, 1Co.13:11, al; before ὡς, ὡσεί, Mat.10:25, Mrk.9:26; εἰς (M, Pr., 71f.), Mrk.12:1 o, al; with genitive Rev.11:15; id, of age, Luk.2:42; with dative, γ. ἀνδρί ([LXX for הָיָה לְאִישׁ, Rut.1:12, al;] see Field, Notes, 156), Rom.7:3, 4; before ἐν, Act.22:17, Rev.1:10, al; ἐπάνω, Luk.19:19; μετά, with genitive, Mrk.16:[10], Act.9:19; before εἰς, ἐπί (Field, Notes, 135), κατά (ib, 62), with accusative of place, Act.20:16 21:35 27:7, al; before ἐκ, Mrk.9:7, Luk.3:22, 2Th.2:7, al. Aoristic pf. γέγονα (M, Pr., 52, 145f; Field, Notes, 1f.), Mat.25:6, Luk.10:36, al. Aor. ἐγενήθη (for ἐγένετο, M, Pr., 139f; Mayser, 379), Mat.11:23, al. (Cf. απο, δια, επι, παρα, συμ, παρα, προ.) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
ginomai
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
γίγνομαι, Ionic dialect and after [Refs 4th c.BC+] γίνομαι [ῑ], (Attic dialect Inscrr. have γιγν- in fifth and fourth cententury,[Refs]; Thess. γίνυμαι [Refs]; Boeotian dialect γίνιουμαι [Refs]future γενήσομαι: aorist ἐγενόμην (ἐγενάμην [LXX] (προ-) Decrees Byzantine cited in [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect 2nd pers. singular γένευ [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular γενέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect γέντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] (gṇ-το): perfect γέγονα [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 3rd.pers. plural γέγοναν [NT]: pluperfect ἐγεγόνει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect forms (as if from perfect γέγᾰα), 2nd pers. plural γεγάᾱτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]pluperfect ἐκ-γεγάτην [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγάμεν [ᾰ] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; participle γεγᾰώς -ᾰυῖα, plural -ᾰῶτες, -ᾰυῖαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], contraction γεγώς, -ῶσα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; infinitive γεγᾱκειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: middle forms ἐκγεγάασθε epigram [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—passive forms, future γενηθήσομαι (only in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐγενήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+], later Attic dialect, [Refs 4th c.BC+] and Hellenistic Gk, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]: perfect γεγένημαι [Refs 4th c.BC+], frequently in Attic dialect Poets and Prose, in Attic dialect inscription first in 4th C, [Refs]: 3rd.pers. plural γεγενέανται [Refs 4th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare γείνομαι:—come into a new state of being: hence, I) absolutely, come into being opposed to εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so, I.1) of persons, to be born, νέον γεγαώς new born, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ Τμώλῳ γεγαῶτας born (and so living) under Tmolus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γιγνομέναισι λάχη τάδ᾽. ἐκράνθη at our birth, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γεγονέναι κακῶς, καλῶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον, εὖ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μὴ γενέσθαι not to have been born, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονότες those of an age beyond, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with ordinals, ὀγδοηκοστὸν ἔτος γεγονώς [Refs 1st c.AD+] I.2) of things, to be produced, ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to ὄλλυσθαι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπόλλυσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀπολείπειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] Apoll.7; opposed to ἀπολήγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of profits, καρποὶ οἱ ἐξ ἀγελῶν γ. [Refs]; τὰ ἆθλα ἀπὸ τεττάρων ταλάντων ἐγένοντο were the produce of, i.e. were worth, [Refs]; τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γενόμενον ἀργύριον produced by [the ransom of], [Refs]; of sums, ὁ γεγονὼς ἀριθμὸς τῶν ψήφων the total of the votes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] staters amount to [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in in Mathematics texts, of products, ὁ ἐξ αὐτῶν γενόμενος ἀριθμός [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἀριθμὸς γενόμενος ἑκατοντάκις multiplied[Refs 3rd c.AD+]; of times of day, ὡς ἡ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Time in general, elapse, διέτης χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε ταῦτα πρήσσουσι [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) falldue, οἱ γιγνόμενοι δασμοί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τίμημα τὸ γ, τὸ γ. ἀργύριον, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with dative, τὸ γ. τινὶ ἔλαιον [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοῖς γείτοσι τὸ γ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]dues, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] regular, normal, τίμημα, χάρις, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐν ταῖς γ. ἡμέραις in the usual number of days, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in later Gk, as [Refs 2nd c.AD+] I.3) of events, take place, come to pass, and in past tenses to be, καί σφιν ἄχος κατὰ θυμὸν ἐγίγνετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ Ὀλύμπια γίγνεται, τραγῳδοὶ γίγνονται, are held, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ψήφισμα γ. is passed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστὰ γ, ὅρκοι γ, pledges are given, oaths taken,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; γίγνεταί τι ὑπό τινος (masculine), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ γένοιτο which God forbid, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but γένοιτο, = [LXX]; γένοιτο γένοιτο[LXX] suppose it done, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]it is done, [NT]participle, γίγνεταί τί μοι βουλομένῳ, ἀσμένῳ (see. βούλομαι, ἄσμενος); οὐκ ἂν ἐμοί γε ἐλπομένῳ τὰ γένοιτο, i.e. I could not hope to see these things take place, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; of sacrifices, omens, etc, οὐ γάρ σφι ἐγίνετο τὰ σφάγια χρηστά[Refs 5th c.BC+]. were favourable, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, τὸ γενόμενον the event, the fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γενόμενα the facts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγενημένα the past, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ γενησόμενον the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ γεγονότα, opposed to ὄντα, μέλλοντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but in perfect and pluperfect, to have passed, ὡς διετὴς χρόνος ἐγεγόνεε [Refs 5th c.BC+]. it happened, came to pass that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, ὡς ἤκουσεν. καὶ ἐθυμώθη it came to pass, when he heard. that, [LXX+NT]infinitive, γίνεται εὑρεῖν it is possible to find, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐγένετο, with accusative et infinitive, it came to pass that, [NT+2nd c.AD+]: with dative et infinitive, ἐάν σοι γένηται στραφῆναι [Refs 1st c.AD+] II) followed by a Predicate, come into a certain state, become, and (in past tenses), to be, II.1) followed by Nouns and adjectives, δηΐοισι δὲ χάρμα γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πάντα δὲ γιγνόμενος πειρήσεται turning every way, [Refs]; παντοῖος γ, followed by μή, with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle, μὴ προδοὺς ἡμᾶς γένῃ, i.e. προδότης ἡμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] ; what am I to become, i.e. what is to become of me? [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.1.b) in past tenses, having ceased to be, ὁ γενόμενος στρατηγός the ex-strategus, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἡ γ. γυνή τινος the former wife, [Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) with adverbs, κακῶς χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὖ, καλῶς, ἡδέως γ, it goes well, etc, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; with personal construction, οἱ παρὰ Πλάτωνι δειπνήσαντες ἐς αὔριον ἡδέως γίγνονται [Refs 1st c.AD+]; δίχα γ. τοῦ σώματος to be parted from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τριχῇ γ. to be in three divisions, [Refs]; γ. ἐμποδών, ἐκποδών, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) followed by oblique cases of Nouns, II.3.a) with genitive, γ. τῶν δικαστέων, τῶν γεραιτέρων, become one of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; fall to, belong to, ἡ νίκη Ἀγησιλάου ἐγεγένητο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be under control of, ὁ νοῦς ὅταν αὑτοῦ γένηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: of things, to be at, i.e. cost, so much, αἱ τριχίδες εἰ γενοίαθ᾽ ἑκατὸν τοὐβολοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3.b) with dative, fall to, i. e. as wife, [LXX] II.3.c) with Preps, γ. ἀπὸ δείπνου, ἐκ θυσίας, have done, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πολὺν χρόνον γ. ἀπό τινος to be separated from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. εἴς τι turn into, τὸ κακὸν γ. εἰς ἀγαθόν [LXX+6th c.BC+]; εἰς βρῶσιν[LXX]; εἰς οὐδέν, εἰς κενόν, [NT+8th c.BC+] even without preposition, ἐμὲ χρεὼ γ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. τι εἴς τινα comes to him, of a dowry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of a ward, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τινι to be out of sight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἀνθρώπων γ. disappear from, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐν, to be engaged in, οἱ ἐν ποιήσει γινόμενοι in poetry, [Refs]; ἐν [πολέμῳ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀργῇ, ἐν αἰτίᾳ πρός τινα γ, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of things, ἐν καιρῷ γ. to be in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. διὰ γηλόφων, of a road, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but δι᾽ ἔχθρας γ. τινί to be at enmity with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπὶ ποταμῷ arrive or be at, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι fall into or be in one's power, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπί τινι, also, to be set over, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδος to be in hope, [Refs 1st c.AD+] to be multiplied into a number, [Refs]; γ. κατά τινα or τι to be near. or opposite to, in battle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but κατὰ ξυστάσεις γ. to be formed into groups, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς γ. to be alone, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. μετὰ τοῦ θείου to be with God, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πράγμασι to be present on both sides, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. παρά τι to depend upon, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; γ. περὶ τὸ συμβουλεύειν to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενοῦ πρός τινα go to So-and-so, [Refs]; γ. πρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ to be at or near, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρός τινι to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸς πρὸς αὑτῷ meditate, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γενέσθαι πρός τινων to be inclined towards them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. πρὸ ὁδοῦ to be forward on the way, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπό τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; γ. ὑπὸ ταῖς μηχαναῖς to be under the protection of, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) γίγνεται followed by plural nouns, ἵνα γίγνηται. ἀρχαί τε καὶ γάμοι [NT+5th c.BC+]. (Cf. jánati 'procreate', jánas (={γένος}), Latin gigno, gnatus.)
Strongs
Word:
γίνομαι
Transliteration:
gínomai
Pronounciation:
ghin'-om-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to cause to be ("gen"-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.); arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought; a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb
you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμᾶς
Transliteration:
humas
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Accusative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
to another,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἕτερος
Greek:
ἑτέρῳ,
Transliteration:
heterō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
other
Morphhology:
Adjective Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to another
Tyndale
Word:
ἕτερος
Transliteration:
heteros
Gloss:
other
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἕτερος, -α, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for אַחֵר;] distributive pron., prop. dual (BL, §13, 5; 51, 6), denoting the second of a pair, but in late Gk. encroaching on ἄλλος (M, Pr., 79f.); 1) of number, other; with art, the other; (a) of two, Luk.5:7 9:56, al; opposite to ὁ πρῶτος, Mat.21:30; ὁ εἷς, Mat.6:24, Luk.7:41, Act.23:6, al; ἕ. μὲν. ἕ. δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.15:40; the next: Luk.6:6 9:56 (sc. ἡμέρα, Xen.), Act.20:15 27:3; = ὁ πλησίον, one's neighbour: Rom.2:1 13:8, 1Co.6:1, al; (b) of more than two, another: Mat.8:21 11:3, Luk.6:6 22:65, Jhn.19:37, Rom.8:39, al; pl, Act.2:13; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δὲ. ἕ. δέ, Mat.16:14; τινὲς. ἕ. δέ, Luk.11:16. 2) Of kind or quality, other, another, different (Plat, Dem, al.): Mrk.16:[12], Luk.9:29, Act.2:4, 1Co.14:21, 2Co.11:4, Gal.1:6, al. (cf. ἑτερό-γλωσσος, -διδασκαλέω, -ζυγέω). SYN.: ἄλλος, which see (see reff. ut supr, also Robertson, Gr., 748ff.). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἕτερος
Transliteration:
heteros
Gloss:
other
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἕτερος, α, ον, only Attic dialect-Ionic dialect with ἕ-, Doric dialect ἅτερος [ᾰ] [Refs], Aeolic dialect ἄτερος [Refs 7th c.BC+]:— but ἅτερος [ᾱ], Attic dialect crasis for ὁ ἅτερος, [Refs 4th c.BC+], Ionic dialect οὕτερος (from ὁ ἕτ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect ὥτερος [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; neuter θάτερον [Refs 5th c.BC+], Ionic dialect τοὔτερον [Refs 5th c.BC+], Ionic dialect τοὐτέρου [Refs 7th c.BC+], Doric dialect θατέρω [Refs 5th c.BC+], Ionic dialect τἠτέρῃ [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —Later _masculine_ and _feminine_ θάτερος, θατέρα, even with the Article, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θάτερον accusative singular masculine, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I) one or the other of two, usually with Article except in Poets; frequently of natural pairs, σκαιῇ (i.e. χειρὶ) ἔγχος ἔχων, ἑτέρηφι δὲ λάζετο πέτρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῇ ἑτέρῃ μὲν. τῇ δ᾽ ἑτέρῃ[Refs 5th c.BC+]; χειρὶ ἑτέρῃ with one hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+] commonly of the left hand, see infr. IV.I); ἑτέροιο διὰ κροτάφοιο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of pairs in general, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὴν ἑ. πύλην one of the two gates, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently of alternatives presented, τῶνδε τὰ ἕ. ποιέειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑλοῦ γε θάτερ᾽, ἢ. ἢ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖνδ᾽ ἑλοῦ δυοῖν πότμοιν τὸν ἕ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυοῖν θάτερα, ἢ. ἢ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in plural, one of two parties or sets, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῶν ἕτεροί γε παῖδα κλαύσονται one set of parents, either mine or thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) in double clauses ἕτερος (in Prose always ὁ ἕτερος) is generally repeated; ἑ. μὲν δουρὶ, τῷ δ᾽ ἑ. [Refs]; τὸν ἕ, ἕ. δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἕ, ὁ δὲ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reversely ἄλλῳ ὀρχηστύν, ἑτέρῳ κίθαριν [ἔδωκε] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τότε μὲν ἕτερα, τότε δὲ ἄλλα. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ ἕτερος, ὁ λοιπός. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερα, τὰ δὲ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) repeated in the same clause, ἐξ ἑτέρων ἕτερ᾽ ἐστίν one building follows on another, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [ἀ] δ᾽ ἀτέρα τὰν ἀτέραν κύλιξ ὠθήτω let one cup push on the other, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἢ θάτερον δεῖ δυστυχεῖν ἢ θάτερον one party or the other, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερος ἀφ᾽ ἑτέρου θεραπείας ἀναπιμπλάμενοι ἔθνῃσκον[Refs 5th c.BC+]; συμφορὰ ἑτέρα ἑτέρους πιέζει one calamity oppresses one, another others, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) ={δεύτερος}, second, ἡ μὲν, ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρη, ἡ δὲ τρίτη. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἑ. πρότασις the minor premiss, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἑτέρῳ ὀνόματι you call them further by a new name, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) with Pronouns of quantity, ordinals, etc, τόσσοι δ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἕτεροι ποταμοί as many more, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἕτερον τοσοῦτον as much again, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑτέρου τοσούτου χρόνου for as long again, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕ. τοιαῦτα other things of like kind, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ. τῷ ἑτέρῳ in the same way over again, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; χιλίας ἑτέρας [δραχμάς] [Refs 4th c.BC+]; δεύτερον, τρίτον ἕ. δικαστήριον, [Refs]; ἕ. ἐγώ, of a friend, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἕτεροι αὐτοί second selves, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II) without Article, another, of many, with a sense of difference, [Refs 8th c.BC+] such as none like them had happened, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐχ ἕτερον ἀλλά. none other than, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] II.b) οἱ ἕ. the rest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.c) ὁ ἑ. 'one's neighbour', ἀγαπᾶν τὸν ἕ. [NT] III) of another kind, different, ἕ. δέ με θυμὸς ἔρυκεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸ μὲν ἕ, τὸ δὲ ἕ, i.e. they are different, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕ. εὐαγγέλιον [NT] and other different toils, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: c.genitive, other than, different from, φίλους. ἑτέρους τῶν νῦν ὄντων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερον, ἕτερα ἢ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.2) other than should be, euphemistic for κακός, παθεῖν μὲν εὖ, παθεῖν δὲ θάτερα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέκτρα, συμφοραί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πλέον θάτερον ἐποίησαν did more harm (than good), [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) Special Phrases: IV.1) elliptical, mostly in dative feminine, IV.1.a) τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (i.e. χειρί), Epic dialect ἑτέρῃ or ἑτέρηφι, with one hand (see. entry [near the start]); with the left hand, [Refs 8th c.BC+] not to be caught with one hand, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.1.b) θατέρᾳ (i.e. ἡμέρᾳ) on the morrow, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τῇ ἑτέρᾳ on the following (i.e. the third) day, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.1.c) (i.e. ὁδῷ) in another or a different way, καὶ τῇδε φῦναι χἀτέρᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; another way, τρέπεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τότ᾽ ἄλλοσ᾽, θατέρᾳ δὲ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θατέρᾳ, θατέρᾳ. in one way, in the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+] IV.2) adverbial with Preps: IV.2.a) ἐπὶ θάτερα to the one or the other side, one or the other way, ἐπὶ μὲν θάτερα, ἐπὶ θ. δὲ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τότε μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα, τότε δ᾽ ἐπὶ θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] to or on the other side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα from the other side, [Refs]; ἐκ μὲν τοῦ ἐπὶ θ, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἐπὶ θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV.2.b) κατὰ θάτερα on the one or other side, κατὰ θ. ἀστός [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but καθ᾽ ἕτερα at other points, [Refs 5th c.BC+] V) adverb ἑτέρως in one or the other way, opposed to ἀμφοτέρως, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑ. τε καὶ ἑ, ={ἀμφοτέρως}, [Refs]; τοῦ σκέλους ἑ. ἔχειν, ={ἑτεροσκελὴς εἶναι}, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V.2) differently, rarely in Poetry, οὐχ ἑ. τις ἐρεῖ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἑ. ἔχειν to be different, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. in the other way (compare ὡς), ἢν ἡ ἑτέρη γνάθος ἐκστῇ ὡς ἑ. χρὴ τὴν ἐπίδεσιν ἄγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐάν τε καλῶς, ἐάν θ᾽ ὡς ἑ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]: with genitive, differently from, ἑ. πως τῶν εἰωθότων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑ. ἤπερ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+] V.3) otherwise than should be, badly, wrongly, once in [NT+8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἕτερος
Transliteration:
héteros
Pronounciation:
het'-er-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
(an-, the) other or different; altered, else, next (day), one, (an-)other, some, strange; of uncertain affinity
to the [One]
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
tō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
[that] which
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
out from
Strongs:
Greek:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ (ἐξ), prep. with genitive, from out of, from (see Addendum, p. 492). This entry is included here, but in the print version the entry is found on p. 492. ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, prep. with genitive, of motion outwards, separation from (opposite to εἰς; = Lat. e, ex), from out of, from among, from. I. Of Place, 1) of motion, out of, forth from, off from: Jhn.6:31, Act.9:3, Gal.1:8, al; esp. after verbs of motion, Mat.8:28 17:9, Mrk.1:25 7:28, Jhn.1:33 20:1, Act.12:7, 17 27:30, al; constr. praeg, σώζειν (διας) ἐκ, Ju 5, Act.28:4. Metaphorical, Mat.7:4, 5, 1Pe.2:9; ἐκ τ. χειρός (-ῶν), before genitive of person(s), Luk.1:74, Jhn.10:28, 29, 39, Act.12:4 24:7, Rev.19:2; πίνειν (which see) ἐκ; of the place from which an action proceeds, Luk.5:3 (cf. 12:36, Jhn.13:4, 2Co.2:4). 2) Of change from one place or condition to another: Jhn.8:42, Rom.6:13 13:11, Rev.7:14, al; with ellips. of verb of motion, 2Ti.2:26, 2Pe.2:21, Rev.2:21, al. 3) Of separation or distinction from a number, before collective or pl. nouns: Mat.13:47, 49, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, 1Pe.1:3, al; after εἷς, Mat.10:29 Luk.17:15, al; οὐδείς, Jhn.7:19, al; πολλοί, Jhn.11:19, al; τις, Luk.11:15, al; τίς, Mat.6:27, al; in partitive phrase as subject of sentence, Jhn.16:17; Hebraistically, ἐκ μέσου before genitive, = ἐκ (Heb. מִתּוֹךְ), Mat.13:49, al. 4) Of position or direction (so in cl. = ἔξω): ἐκ δεξιῶν (see: δεξιός); ἐξ ἐναντίας, Mrk.15:39 (metaphorically, Tit.2:8); ἐκ ῥιζῶν (i.e, utterly), Mat.11:20. II. Of Time, 1) of the point of time from which, from, since: ἐκ γενετῆς, Jhn.9:1, cf. Mrk.10:20, Luk.23:8, Act.24:10, al. 2) Of succession in time: ἐκ δευτέρου, a second time, Mrk.14:72, al, cf. Mat.26:44; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, from day to day, 2Pe.2:8. III. Of Origin, 1) of nativity, lineage, race: κοίτην (ἐν γαστρί) ἔχειν, Rom.9:10, Mat.1:18; γεννᾶν ἐκ, Mat.1:3 ff; γεννᾶσθαι (γίνεσθαι) ἐκ, Jhn.3:6 8:41, Gal.4:4; ἐκ πνεύματος (θεοῦ), Jhn.1:13 3:5ff, al. ἔρχεσθαι, εἶναι, etc, ἐκ τ. πολέως, Jhn.1:44; φυλῆς, Luk.2:36, al; τ. ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου, Luk.23:7; ὁ ὢν ἐκ τ. γῆς, Jhn.3:31. 2) Of the author, occasion or source: Mat.5:37, Jhn.2:16, Rom.2:29, 1Co.8:6, Gal.5:8, al; ἐκ (τ. θεοῦ, 1Co.7:7, 2Co.5:1, 1Jn.4:7; ἐκ τ. πατρός, Jhn.6:65, al; ἐκ τ. γῆς ἐστιν, λαλεῖ, Jhn.3:31; εκ καρδίας, Rom.6:17, cf. Mrk.12:30, 1Ti.1:5; ἐκ ψυχῆς, Eph.6:6, Col.3:23; ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.14:23; κρίνειν ἐκ, Luk.19:22, Rev.20:12. 3) Of the agent, after passive verbs: Mat.15:5, Mrk.7:11, 2Co.2:2, al; frequently in Re after αδικεῖσθαι (2:11), etc. 4) Of cause, dependence, source of supply: τ. πόνου (των), Rev.16:10, 11; τ. φωνῶν, Rev.8:13; ἐκ τούτου, Jhn.6:66 19:12 (but see Meyer, in ll.); ἐκ θεοῦ λαλεῖν, 2Co.2:17; ἐκ τ. ἀληθείας, Jhn.18:37, 1Jn.3:19; ὁ ἐκ πίστεως, Rom.3:26 4:16; οἱ (ὄντες) ἐκ περιτομῆς, Act.11:2, Rom.4:12, Gal.2:12, Col.4:11; πίνειν ἐκ, Mat.26:29, Mrk.14:25, Jhn.4:13, al; θερίζειν, Gal.6:8; μετέχειν ἐκ (= partit. genitive), 1Co.10:13; with inf, ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν, 2Co.8:11. 5) Of material: Mat.27:29, Jhn.2:15 19:2, Rom.9:21, 1Co.11:12, Rev.18:12, al; allied to which is its use of price (= cl. genitive): Mat.27:7, cf. ib. 20:2, Act.1:18. IV. By attraction = ἐν (cl.): τὰ ἐκ τ. οἰκιας, Mat.24:17; τ. ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν, Mrk.5:30 (see Field, in l.); ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, Luk.11:13. V. Adverbial phrases: ἐξ ἀνάγκης, 2Co.9:7, Heb.7:12; ἐξ ἰσότητος, 2Co.8:13; ἐκ μέρους, 1Co.12:27 13:9-12; ἐκ μέτρου, Jhn.3:34; ἐκ συμφώνου, 1Co.7:5. VI. in composition, ἐκ signifies, 1) procession, removal: ἐκβαίνω, ἐκβάλλω. 2) Opening out, unfolding: ἐκτείνω; metaphorically, ἐξαγγάλλω. 3) Origin: ἔκγονος. 4) Completeness: ἐξαπορέω (see M, Pr., 237), ἐκπληρόω, ἐκτελέω. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Gloss:
out from
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ἐκ, before a vowel ἐξ, also A) ἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ [Refs] and less frequently ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ; Cretan dialect and Boeotian dialect ἐς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἐχ frequently in Attic dialect Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, [Refs]:—preposition governing GEN. only (except in [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—radical sense, from out of, frequently also simply, from. A.I) OF PLACE, the most frequently usage, variously modified: A.I.1) of Motion, out of, forth from, ἐκ Πύλου ἐλθὼν τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης [Refs 8th c.BC+] to strike with a spear in the hand, opposed to ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.2) ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐξ εὐμενῶν στέρνων δέχεσθαι receive with kindly heart, [Refs]; ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν δίφρων with chariot still upright, [Refs] A.I.3) to denote change or succession, frequently with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, instead of, τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) to express separation or distinction from a number, ἐκ πολέων πίσυρες four out of many, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων to be one of the wealthy, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Ζεὺς ἄλγε᾽ ἔδωκεν to me out of (i.e. above) all, [LXX+8th c.BC+] A.I.5) of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, [Refs]; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, [Refs]; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος.πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river (with water from the river), [Refs 8th c.BC+] having hung a chain from heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [by a rein] upon her arm, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to have their hopes dependent upon them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι[Refs 2nd c.AD+] the robbers of the islands, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, [Refs 5th c.BC+] from Olympus where she stood, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] on the right, left, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opposed to ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.7) νικᾶν ἔκ τινος win a victory over, [NT] A.II) OF TIME, elliptic with pronoun relative and demonstrative, ἐξ οὗ [χρόνου] since, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in apodosis, ἐκ τοῦ from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] thereafter, [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually after this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ πολλοῦ (i.e. χρόνου) for a long time, [Refs]; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, [Refs] (but also a short time since, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of particular points of time, ἐκ νεότητος.ἐς γῆρας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, [Refs], etc; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, [Refs 1st c.AD+] A.II.3) at, in, ἐκ νυκτῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) OF ORIGIN, A.III.1) of Material, out of or of which things are made, γίγνεταί τι ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων formed line of battle from the troops as they marched up, [Refs] A.III.2) of Parentage, ἔκ τινος εἶναι, γενέσθαι, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί (where γένος is accusative [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) of Place of Origin or Birth, ἐκ Σιδῶνος.εὔχομαι εἶναι [NT+8th c.BC+]; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, [NT+2nd c.AD+] A.III.4) of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.5) with the agent after passive Verbs, by, poetical and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κήδε᾽ ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός[Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III.6) of Cause, Instrument, or Means by which a thing is done, ἐκ πατέρων φιλότητος in consequence of our fathers' friendship, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τίνος λόγο; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ το; wherefore? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖτε ὑμῖν φίλους ἐκ τοῦ Μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας make yourselves friends of (i.e. by means of), [NT+5th c.BC+] A.III.7) in accordance with, ἐκ τῶν λογίων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.8) frequently as periphrastic for adverb, ἐκ προνοίας [Refs]; ἐκ βίας by force, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with feminine adjective, ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.9) of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; distributively, apiece, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.III.9.b) of Price, ἐξ ὀκτὼ ὀβολῶν [NT] A.III.9.c) of Weight, ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.9.d) of Space, θινώδης ὢν ὁ τόπος ἐξ εἴκοσι σταδίων by the space of twenty stades, [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ἐκ is frequently separated from its CASE, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—It takes an accent in anastrophe, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ. C) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), the sense of removal prevails; out, away, off. C.2) to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος. D) As adverb, therefrom, [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐκ
Transliteration:
ek
Pronounciation:
ex
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
literal or figurative; direct or remote); after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out); a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause
[the] dead
Strongs:
Lexicon:
νεκρός
Greek:
νεκρῶν
Transliteration:
nekrōn
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
dead
Morphhology:
Adjective Genitive Plural Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING male people or things that something belongs to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
νεκρός
Transliteration:
nekros
Gloss:
dead
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
νεκρός, -α, -ον, [in LXX chiefly for מֵת;] dead, I. as adj., 1) prop: Act.5:10 20:9, Jas.2:26, Rev.1:18, al; ὡσεὶ ν, Mat.28:4, Mrk.9:26, Rev.1:17; of that which is subject to death, Rom.8:10. 2) Metaphorical, (a) of persons: Luk.15:24, 32; of those immersed in worldly cares, Mat.8:22, Luk.9:60; of spiritual death, Jhn.5:25, Rom.6:13, Eph.5:14, Rev.3:1; τ. παραπτώμασιν, Eph.2:1, 5 Col.2:13; of the opposite condition, ν. τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, Rom.6:11; (b) of things regarded as inoperative, devoid of power: ἁμαρτία, Rom.7:8; πίστις, Jas.2:17, 26; ἔργα, Heb.6:1 9:14. II. As subst., νεκρός, ὁ (Hom, al.), chiefly in pl. (οἱ) ν, the dead: Mat.11:5, Mrk.12:26, Luk.20:37, 1Co.15:15, al; ἀνάστασις (τ.) νεκρῶν, Mat.22:31, Act.17:32, al; ν. ζῶντες, Mat.22:32, Mrk.12:27, Act.10:42, al; ἀπὸ νεκρῶν, Luk.16:30; ἐκ ν, Mrk.6:14, Luk.24:46, Jhn.12:1, Act.13:34, Rom.10:7, al; πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν ν, Col.1:18; ζωὴ ἐκ ν, Rom.11:15; constr. praegn, ἐκ ν. ζῶντες, Rom.6:13. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
νεκρός
Transliteration:
nekros
Gloss:
dead
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
νεκρός, ὁ (of a woman, [Refs 4th c.BC+], corpse, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: as substantive, in early writers always of mankind, νεκροὺς συλήσετε τεθνηῶτας [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently of those killed in battle, τοὺς ν. ὑποσπόνδους ἀνείλοντο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later, of a fish, ν. ἰχθύος [Refs 1st c.AD+] 2) dying person, μυχθισμὸς νεκρῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) metaphorically, ὁ υἱός μου ν. ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησε [NT] 4) in plural, the dead, as dwellers in the nether world, κλυτὰ ἔθνεα νεκρῶν [NT+8th c.BC+] II) as adjective νεκρός, ά, όν, dead, first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ν. σώματα Mitteis [Refs 5th c.BC+] (but also τὰ τῶν ν. σώματα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: comparative -ότερος[Refs 1st c.AD+] II.2) inanimate, inorganic, opposed to ἔμψυχος, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; οὐχὶ ν, ὥσπερ λίθον ἢ ξύλον, ἀλλὰ ζῶν [Refs]; ἡ ν. θάλασσα the [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II.3) metaphorically, ν. πλοῦτος [Refs 2nd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
νεκρός
Transliteration:
nekrós
Pronounciation:
nek-ros'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun); dead; from an apparently primary (a corpse)
having been raised,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγείρω
Greek:
ἐγερθέντι,
Transliteration:
egerthenti
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to arise
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Passive Participle Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
an action that was done to a male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to the one who was raised
Tyndale
Word:
ἐγείρω
Transliteration:
egeirō
Gloss:
to arise
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐγείρω, [in LXX for קוּם, etc;] trans. (imperat. ἔγειρε used intransitively, Mat.9:5, Mrk.2:11, al.); 1) to awaken, arouse from sleep: Mrk.4:38, Act.12:7; metaphorically, of spiritual awakening, Rom.13:11 (pass.), Eph.5:14; pass, to be aroused, wake up: Mat.25:7, Mrk.4:27; ἀπὸ τ. ὕπνου, Mat.1:24. 2) Freq. in NT, to raise from the dead: νεκρούς, Jhn.5:21, Act.26:8, 2Co.1:9; ἐκ νεκρῶν, Jhn.12:1, Act.3:15, Rom.8:11, al; pass, rise from death: Mat.11:5, Luk.7:22, Jhn.2:22, Rom.6:9, al; ἀπὸ τ. νεκρῶν, Mat.14:2, al. 3) In late Gk, (a) to raise, from sitting, lying, sickness; mid. and pass, to rise: Mat.9:5, 7 Mrk.1:31 9:27 10:49, al; redundant, like Heb. קוּם, Mat.2:15 9:19, Rev.11:1 (see Dalman, 23f.); (b) to raise up, cause to appear: Act.13:22 (cf. Jdg.2:18); τέκνα, Mat.3:9; pass, to appear: Mat.11:11, Mrk.13:22, al. 4) to rouse, stir up; pass, to rise against: Mat.24:7, Mrk.13:8. 5) Of buildings, to raise: τ. ναόν, Jhn.2:19, 20 (cf. Deu.16:22, Sir.49:13); (cf. δι, ἐξ, συν-εγείρω, and V. Cremer, 224). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἐγείρω
Transliteration:
egeirō
Gloss:
to arise
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ἐγείρω, Aeolic dialect infinitive ἐγέρρην [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Epic dialect imperfect ἔγειρον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future ἐγερῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist ἤγειρα, Epic dialect ἔγ- [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect ἐγήγερκα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: pluperfect -κειν [Refs 1st c.AD+]:—passive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future ἐγερθήσομαι [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: aorist ἠγέρθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. plural ἔγερθεν variant for{ἄγ}. in [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect ἐγήγερμαι variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+]: pluperfect ἐγήγερτο [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also, in passive sense, poetry aorist ἠγρόμην (ἐξ-) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔγρετο, imperative ἔγρεο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular subjunctive ἔγρῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive ἐγρέσθαι (frequently written ἔγρεσθαι, as if from a present ἔγρομαι, compare ἔγρω)[Refs]; participle ἐγρόμενος [Refs 4th c.AD+]: intransitive perfect ἐγρήγορα (as present) [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: pluperfect ἠγρηγόρη (as imperfect) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἐγρηγόρεσαν [Refs]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐγρηγόρει [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Epic dialect perfect 3rd.pers. plural ἐγρηγόρθασι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive ἐγρήγορθαι[Refs] I) active, awaken, rouse, ἐ. τινὰ ἐξ ὕπνου [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2) rouse, stir up, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγείρειν Ἄρηα stir the fight, [Refs], etc; Τρωσὶν θυμὸν ἐ. (variant{ἀγεῖραι})[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐκδοχὴν πομποῦ πυρὸς ἐ. wake up the bale-fire, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λαμπάδας ἐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ οὖς ἐ. 'prick up' the ears, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] I.3) raise from the dead, νεκρούς [NT]; or from a sick-bed, [NT] I.4) raise, erect a building, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ναόν [NT+2nd c.AD+]:—passive, στῦλος ἐγηγερμένος [Refs 3rd c.BC+] II) passive, with perfect active ἐγρήγορα, wake, ἐγειρομένων ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in perfect, to be awake, ἐγρηγόρθασι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγρήγορθε stay awake! [Refs]wake up! [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐγρήγορας ἢ καθεύδει; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, ἐγειρομένου χειμῶνος arising, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) rouse or stir oneself, be excited by passion, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, ἐγηγερμένοι ἦσαν μὴ ἀνιέναι τὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων they were encouraged to prevent the departure of the Athenians, variant in [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) intransitive in active, arouse oneself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) in ἀμφὶ πυρὴν. ἔγρετο λαός [Refs 8th c.BC+] (ἀγείρω); so in [Refs 3rd c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἐγείρω
Transliteration:
egeírō
Pronounciation:
eg-i'-ro
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence); awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up; probably akin to the base of g58 (ἀγορά) (through the idea of collecting one's faculties)
so that
Strongs:
Greek:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
ina
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
in order to
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hina
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἵνα, I. adverb (poët, Hom, al.), 1) of place, where, whither. 2) of circumstance, when. II. Conjunction, 1) prop, final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Act.19:4, Rom.11:31, Gal.2:10, al.); (a) with optative (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres, Eph.1:17 (but WH, mg, subjc; see Burton, §225, Rem, 2); (b) with subjc: after a pres, Mrk.4:21, Luk.6:34, Jhn.3:15, Act.2:25, Rom.1:11, al; after a pf, Mat.1:22, Jhn.5:23 1Co.9:22, al; after an imperat. (present or aor.), Mat.7:1, Mrk.11:25, Jhn.10:38, 1Co.7:5, al; after a delib. subjc, Mrk.1:38, al; after a fut, Luk.16:4, Jhn.14:3, 1Co.15:28, al; after historic tenses (where optative in cl; WM, 359f; M, Pr., 196f.), Mrk.6:41 (impf.), Jhn.4:8 (plpf.), Mrk.3:14 (aor.), al; (with) in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§198, 199), with indic, fut: Luk.20:10, 1Pe.3:1, al; (d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, see word), with indic. pres: 1Co.4:6, Gal.4:17, al. (; but V. Burton, §198, Rem.); (e) εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jhn.18:37, 1Ti.1:16, al; τούτου χάριν, Tit.1:5; (f) elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jhn.1:8, 2Th.3:9, 1Jn.2:19, al; of the final verb, Rom.4:16, 2Co.8:13, al. 2) In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl, §69, 1), that; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc: θέλω, Mat.7:12, al; ζητῶ, 1Co.4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, 1Co.14:1, al; (b) after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mat.4:3, al; ἐρωτῶ, Mrk.7:26, al; παρακαλῶ, Mat.14:36, 1Co.1:10, al, etc; (with) after words expressing expediency, etc: συμφέρει, Mat.18:6, Jhn.11:50, al; ἱκανός, Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jhn.2:25, al, etc; (d) after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jhn.12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Rev.2:21; συνήθεια, Jhn.18:39; μισθός, 1Co.9:18. 3) In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206ff; WM, 572; Bl, §69, 3; Burton, §223): Rom.11:11, 1Co.7:29, 1Th.5:4, al. (but see Thayer, see word); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mat.1:22 2:14, Jhn.13:18, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hina
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἵνα, adverb, I) of Place, I.1) in that place, there, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) elsewhere relative, in which place, where,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely in Attic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. ἡ Νίκη (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 8th c.BC+] [same place]; ἵν᾽ ἄν with subjunctive, wherever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as indirect interrogative, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔμαθε ἵ. ἦν κακοῦ in what a calamity, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν χρείας[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.c) with Verbs of motion, whither, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) of circumstance, γάμος, ἵ. χρή at which, when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵ. μὲν ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς, ἐνταῦθα. when it was in their power, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ={ἐάν}, uncertain in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) Final conjunction, that, in order that, from [Refs 8th c.BC+] downwards, mostly first word in the clause, but sometimes preceded by an emphatic word, [Refs 8th c.BC+] or κε (if found, these particles belong to the Verb, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I) general usage: B.I.1) with subjunctive, B.I.1.a) after primary tenses of indicative, also subjunctive and imperative: present indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) after historical tenses, in similes, where the aorist is gnomic, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where aorist is treated as equivalent to perfect, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when the purpose is regarded from the point of view of the speaker's present, σὲ παῖδα ποιεύμην ἵ. μοι. λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) after optative and ἄν, when optative with οὐκ ἄν is used with sense of imperative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; after βουλοίμην ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d) after imperfect with ἄν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2) with optative, B.I.2.a) after historical tenses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after the historical present, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes both moods, subjunctive and optative, follow in consecutive clauses, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) after optative, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.c) rarely after primary tenses, by a shifting of the point of view, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) with past tenses of indicative, B.I.3.a) after unfulfilled wishes, [Refs] B.I.3.b) after indicative with ἄν, to express a consequence which has not followed or cannot follow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3.c) after such Verbs as ἐχρῆν, ἔδει, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ τοῦ κοσμεῖν (={δέον κοσμεῖν}). ἵ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.3.d) after present indicative in general statements (including the past), οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει ἡ ὕλη, ἱ. ἀγαθοῦ ταύτῃ μετεῖχεν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.I.4) ἵ. μή as the negative of ἵνα, that not, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) special usages: B.II.1) like{ὅπως}, after Verbs of command and entreaty, is common only in later Gr. (but[NT+8th c.BC+]; also for ὥστε, [LXX+1st c.AD+] B.II.2) because, ἵ. ἀναγνῶ ἐτιμήθην I was honoured because I read, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; not found in literature. B.II.3) elliptical usages, B.II.3.a) where the purpose of the utterance is stated, Ζεὺς ἔσθ᾽, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς 'tis Zeus,— [I tell thee this] that thou may'st know it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δῶμεν. granted that. , [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.3.b) in commands, introducing a principal sentence, ἵ. συντάξῃς order him, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. λαλήσῃς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3.c) ἵ. τί (i.e. γένηται); to what end? either absolutely or as a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a Verb following, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δὴ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3.d) in indignant exclamations, to think that! Σωκράτης ἵ. πάθῃ ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.III) in later Gr. with indicative, [LXX+NT]
Strongs
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hína
Pronounciation:
hin'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
we may bear fruit
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καρποφορέω
Greek:
καρποφορήσωμεν
Transliteration:
karpophorēsōmen
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to bear fruit
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Subjunctive 1st Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happened - by people or things that are speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καρποφορέω
Transliteration:
karpophoreō
Gloss:
to bear fruit
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
καρπο-φορέω, -ῶ [in LXX: Hab.3:17 (פָּרַח), Wis.10:7 *;] to bear fruit: χόρτον, Mrk.4:28 (cf. Wis, l.with). Metaphorical, of conduct: Mat.13:23, Mrk.4:20, Luk.8:15, Rom.7:4-5, Col.1:10; mid, Col.1:6. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καρποφορέω
Transliteration:
karpophoreō
Gloss:
to bear fruit
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
Strongs
Word:
καρποφορέω
Transliteration:
karpophoréō
Pronounciation:
kar-pof-or-eh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to be fertile (literally or figuratively); be (bear, bring forth) fruit(-ful); from g2593 (καρποφόρος)
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τῷ
Transliteration:
tō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Dative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a specific male person or thing that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
to God.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
θεός
Greek:
θεῷ.
Transliteration:
theō
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
God
Morphhology:
Noun Dative Singular Masculine Title
Grammar:
a proper name of a male PERSON OR THING that something is done for‚ or in relation to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to God
Tyndale
Word:
θεός
Transliteration:
theos
Gloss:
God
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male/Female
Definition:
θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ (Act.19:37 only; see M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc, θεέ (Mat.27:46; cf. Deu.3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc;] a god or deity, God. 1) In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Act.28:6, 1Co.8:4, 2Th.2:4, al; pl, Ac. 14:11 19:26, Gal.4:8, al. 2) Of the one true God; (a) anarthrous: Mat.6:24, Luk.20:38, al; esp. with prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ, Jhn.3:2; ἐκ, Act.5:39, 2Co.5:1, Php.3:9; ὑπό, Rom.13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jhn.1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, 2Th.1:6, 1Pe.2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Rom.8:27, 2Co.7:9, 10; also when in genitive dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl, §46, 6), Mat.27:43, Luk.3:2, Rom.1:17, 1Th.2:13; as pred, Lk 20:38, Jhn.1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Act.5:29, Gal.2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more freq, with art: Mat.1:23, Mrk.2:7, al. mult; with prep, ἀπὸ τ. θ, Luk.1:26; ἐκ, Jhn.8:42, al; παρὰ τοῦ θ, Jhn.8:40; π. τῷ θ, Rom.9:14; ἐν, Col.3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ, Luk.1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ, Act.15:19; εἰς τ. θ, Act.24:15; πρὸς τ. θ, Jhn.1:2; with genitive of person(s), Mat.22:32, Mrk.12:26, 27, Luk.20:37, Jhn.20:17, al; ὁ θ. μου, Rom.1:8, Php 1:3, al; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ, Rom.15:6, Eph.1:3, Phi 4:20, al; with genitive of thing(s), Rom.15:5, 13, 33, 2Co.1:3, 1Th.5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mat.16:23, Mrk.12:17, 1Co.2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos.3:3), Act.7:20, 2Co.10:4; Hebraistically, of judges (Psa.81(82):6), Jhn.10:34 " (LXX), 35. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
θεός
Transliteration:
theos
Gloss:
God
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male/Female
Definition:
θεός, ὁ, Boeotian dialect θιός, Laconian dialect σιός (see. below), [Refs 5th c.AD+], Cretan dialect θιός [Refs], Doric dialect also θεύς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; vocative (only late) θεός, also θεέ [LXX+NT]; but classical in compound names, Ἀμφίθεε, Τιμόθεε:—God, the Deity, in general sense, both singular and plural (εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ θεὸν ἁρμόζει μεταφέρειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σὺν θ. εἰρημένον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so in plural, σύν γε θεοῖσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ pi.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὲρ θεόν against his will,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; θεῶν συνεθελόντων, βουλομένων, [Refs 5th c.BC+]bless you! good heavens! for heaven's sake! [Refs 8th c.BC+]: doubled in poets, θεὸν θεόν τις ἀγλαϊζέτω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θεοί (Cretan dialect θιοί) as an opening formula in Inscrr. (i.e. τύχην ἀγαθὴν διδοῖεν), [Refs].1, etc: in Prose also with the Article, ὁ θ. πάντων ἂν εἴη αἴτιος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θ, τὰ παρὰ τῶν θ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] b) θεοί, opposed to ἄνδρες, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in singular, θεῷ ἐναλίγκιος αὐδήν [Refs 8th c.BC+], of an 'angel's visit', [Refs 3rd c.BC+] c) of special divinities, νέρτεροι θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐνέρτεροι θ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἱ κάτωθεν θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ δώδεκα θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὰ τοὺς δώδεκα θ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in dual, τὼ σιώ (Laconian dialect), of Castor and Pollux, ναὶ τὼ σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] d) ὁ θ, of natural phenomena, ὁ θ. ὕει (i.e. Ζεύς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσεισεν ὁ θ. (i.e. Ποσειδῶν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the sun, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δύνοντος τοῦ θ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; the weather, τί δοκεῖ τὰ τοῦ θεο; [Refs 4th c.BC+] e) Astrology texts, θεοί,= ἀστέρες, [Refs 4th c.AD+] f) θεός (i.e. Ἥλιος), name of the 9th τόπος, Rhetor.[Refs] 2) metaphorically, of abstract things, τὸ δ᾽ εὐτυχεῖν τόδ᾽ ἐν βροτοῖς θεός τε καὶ θεοῦ πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πλοῦτος τοῖς σοφοῖς θ. [Refs]; φθόνος κάκιστος θ. [Refs] 3) as title of rulers, θεῶν ἀδελφῶν (i.e. Ptolemy Il and Arsinoe), [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ἀντίοχος ὅτῳ θεὸς ἐπώνυμον γίγνεται [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ, of Augustus, [Refs 1st c.BC+] 3.b) = Latin Divus, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν θεοῖς αὐτοκράτορες,= divi Imperatores, [Refs] 3.c) generally of the dead, καὶ ζῶντός σου καὶ εἰς θεοὺς ἀπελθόντος [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; θεοῖς χθονίοις,= Latin Dis Manibus, [Refs] 4) one set in authority, judge, τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ θ, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ, [LXX] II) θεός feminine, goddess, μήτε θήλεια θεός, μήτε τις ἄρσην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially at Athens, of Athena, Decrees cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἁ Διὸς θεός, Ζηνὸς ἡ θ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of other goddesses, ποντία θεός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ νερτέρα θ,= Περσεφόνη, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Thetis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Niobe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in dual, of Demeter and Persephone, τὰ τοῖν θεοῖν ψηφίσματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) as adjective in comparative θεώτερος, divine, θύραι θ, opposed to καταιβαταὶ ἀνθρώποισιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χορὸς θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] (κόσμῳ θέντες τὰ πρήγματα), by [Refs 5th c.BC+] [In Epic dialect (twice in [Refs 8th c.BC+], as monosyllable by synizesis, θεοί [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
θεός
Transliteration:
theós
Pronounciation:
theh'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very; X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward); of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with g3588 (ὁ)) the supreme Divinity
